Professional Documents
Culture Documents
OPERATORS MANUAL 9540, 9560, 9580, 9640, 9660, 9680 WTS and CWS Combines
OMZ93035 H1 (ENGLISCH)
ENGLISCH
Introduction
Foreword
INTENDED USE: This combine is designed solely for use in customary agriculture or similar operations. Use in any other way is considered as contrary to the intended use. The manufacture accepts no liability for damage or injury resulting from misuse, and these risks must be borne solely by the user. Compliance with and strict adherence to the conditions of operation, service and repair as specified by the manufacturer also constitute essential elements for the intended use. READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to operate and service your machine correctly. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or equipment damage. This manual and the safety signs on your machine may also be available in other languages (see your John Deere dealer to order). THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED a permanent part of your machine and should remain with the machine when you sell it. MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in both metric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use only correct replacement parts and fasteners. Metric and inch fasteners may require a specific metric or inch wrench. RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determined by facing the direction of forward travel. WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS (P.I.N.) in the Specification or Identification Numbers section. Accurately record all the numbers to help in tracing the machine should it be stolen. Your dealer also needs these numbers when you order parts. File the identification numbers in a secure place off the machine. SETTING FUEL DELIVERY BEYOND PUBLISHED factory specifications or otherwise overpowering will result in loss of warranty protection for this machine. BEFORE DELIVERING THIS MACHINE, your dealer performed a predelivery inspection. After operating for the first 20 to 50 hours, schedule an after-sale inspection with your dealer to ensure best performance. THIS COMBINE SHOULD BE OPERATED, serviced and repaired only by persons familiar with all its particular characteristics and acquainted with the relevant safety rules (accident prevention). The accident prevention regulations, all other generally recognized regulations on safety and occupational medicine and the road traffic regulations must be observed at all times. Any arbitrary modifications carried out on this combine will relieve the manufacturer of all liability for any resulting damage or injury.
OUO6075,0000244 1907DEC001/1
101801
PN=2
Contents
Page Page
15-1 15-1 15-1 15-2 15-2 15-2 15-3 15-3 15-3 15-3 15-4 15-4 15-4 15-4 15-5 15-5 15-5 15-6 15-6 15-6 15-6 15-7 15-7 15-7
Header Engage / Electro Feeder House Reverser Switch (Yellow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10 Separator Engage Switch (Yellow) . . . . . . . . . . 20-11 Operating Adjustments and Controls . . . . . . . . 20-11 DIAL-A-SPEED Knob (Black) (Optional) . . . . 20-12 Engine Speed Switches (Orange). . . . . . . . . . . 20-14 Response Rate Control For Automatic Functions And Feeder House Reaction Speed Knobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-14 Grain Tank Cover Switch (Black) . . . . . . . . . . . 20-15 Operating Adjustments and Controls Road Transport Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . 20-16 Ground Drive and Engine Speed Switches Four Wheel Drive Engage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-17 Operating Adjustments and Controls Manual Reel Speed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-18 Concave Clearance Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-18 Cylinder Speed Switch (Black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-19 Cleaning Fan Speed Switch (Black) . . . . . . . . . 20-19 Chopper Vane Adjust Switch (Black) (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20 Manual Leveling Control Switch (HILLMASTER II) (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20 Automatic Leveling Control Switch (HILLMASTER II) (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21 Operating With HILLMASTER II Leveling System (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22 Daily Preparations Before Driving HILLMASTER II Combine (Optional) . . . . . . . 20-23 Operating With Automatic Leveling Control (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-24 Operating With Manual Leveling Control (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-25 Multi-Function Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-26 Multi-Function Handle Quick Stop Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-26 Unloading Auger Swing Switch . . . . . . . . . . . 20-27 Multi-Function Lever Unloading Auger Drive Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . 20-28 Activation Buttons (Black). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-29 Activation Button Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-30
Continued on next page
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
COPYRIGHT 2001 DEERE & COMPANY Moline, Illinois All rights reserved A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual
101801
PN=1
Contents
Page
Page
Reel Lift/Reel Fore and Aft Switch (Black) . . . . Multi-Function Handle Header Lift Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-Function Lever Lateral Tilt Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLIMATRAKAutomatic Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside Mirror Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mirror Heater Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield Wiper and Windshield Washer (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shifting Feeder House/Header Reverser . . . . .
20-31
20-31
20-32
20-33 20-34 20-34
20-35 20-35 20-36 20-36 20-37 20-38
Warning Devices and Monitors Overhead Warning Display Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1 Unloading Auger On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 Low Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 Overhead Warning Display Park Brake On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 Main Gearcase Drive Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 Main Gearcase Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3 Hydraulic Oil Temp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3 Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3 ENG (Engine) Air Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4 Separator Plugged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4 Tilt Limit (HILLMASTER II ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4 Grain Tank Cover Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5 Grain Tank Full. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5 Grain Tank (3/4) Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5 Hydro Charge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6 Main Gearcase Lube Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6 Overhead Warning Display ENG (Engine) Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6 ENG (Engine) Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7 High Beam Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7 Straw Chopper (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7 Grain Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8 Auger Conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8 Grain Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8 Tailings Elevator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8 Cylinder Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9 Engine Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9 HEADERTRAK Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10 HEADERTRAK Control Display . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11 Description of HEADERTRAK Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-12 Stubble Height Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-16 Return To Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-18 Header Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-20
DIAL-A-SPEED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lateral Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header Ground Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reel Position Resume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VISIONTRAKDisplay Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . VISIONTRAK Display Control Switches . . . . . . Calibration Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up/Down Arrow Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seed Size Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable Deck Plate Position (Optional). . . . . Tailings Sensor Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tailings Sensor Display Operational Check . . . VISIONTRAK Performance Monitor . . . . . . . . . Shoe Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Separator Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preliminary Adjustments on Combine . . . . . . . . VISIONTRAK Performance Monitor (General Information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating VISIONTRAK Performance Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional Control Switches (VISIONTRAK Monitor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back Arrow Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diagnostics Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enter Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Area Counter Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Area Counter Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Triple Display Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Speed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cylinder Speed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concave Clearance Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up/Down Arrow Switch (Display Line Select) . . Clock Select Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Speed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed Speed Feeder House Switch . . . . . . . . . Engine Hours/Separator Hours Switch . . . . . . . Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Display Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tachometer Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Diagnostic Icon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Shaft Speed Monitor (General Information). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Shaft Speed Monitor Troubleshooting . . . .
25-21 25-22 25-24 25-26 25-27 25-27 25-28 25-28 25-28 25-29 25-30 25-31 25-32 25-33 25-33 25-34 25-34
25-35
25-36
25-38 25-39 25-39 25-39 25-39 25-40 25-41 25-42 25-42 25-42 25-43 25-43 25-43 25-43 25-44 25-44 25-45 25-45 25-46 25-47 25-48
25-49 25-50
Calibration Procedures When to Calibrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1 How Diagnostic Address Information is Displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
Continued on next page
ii
101801
PN=2
Contents
Page
Page
Diagnostic Trouble Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2 Header Width Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-21 Header Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-23 Angle Sensor Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-28 HEADERTRAK Sensor Cable Adjustment . . . . 30-32 Machine Harvesting Threshold Calibration . . . . 30-33 Float Calibration (For Header With Sensors) . . 30-37 Float Calibration (For Header Without Sensors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40 Concave Sensor Zero Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . 30-43 Area Counter Enable Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . 30-46 Field Area Counter Clear Calibration . . . . . . . . 30-48 Field Total Area Counter Clear Calibration . . . . 30-49 Deck Plate Sensor Zero Calibration . . . . . . . . . 30-51 Tailings Monitor Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-55 Chopper Vane Angle Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . 30-56 Clock Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-59 Clear Service (SEU) Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-62
Operators Station Access Ladder to Operators Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1 Cab Ladder Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1 Cab Landing Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2 Washing Cab Windows, Servicing Head Lights and Wiper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2 Right-Hand Side Cab Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-3 Grain Tank Window/Rear Cab Window Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-3 Armrest Storage Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4 Manual Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4 GREENSTAR Printer (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4 GREENSTAR (Attachment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5 Cooling Compartment/Recirculation Filter . . . . . . 35-5 Emergency Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6 Cab Interior Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6 Auxiliary Power Outlet Strip and SERVICE ADVISOR Diagnostic Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6 Operators Seat Field Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7 Cooling Compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7 Operators Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8 Seat Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Adjusting, LH Armrest and Seat Back . . . . . . 35-10 Adjusting RH Armrest and Control Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Steering Column Wheel Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11 Steering Column Tilt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11 Manual Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12 Brake Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12 Filling Windshield Washer Reservoir (Attachment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12
Lights and Signals Light Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1 Cab Interior Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1 Dimmer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2 Warning Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-3 Road Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-4 Field Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-6 Stubble and Residue Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-8 Unloading Auger Rear Tail/Stop Light. . . . . . . . . 40-8 Turn Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-9 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-9 Unloading Auger Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10 Work Lights (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-11 Rear Residue Discharge Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-12 Cleaning Shoe Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-12 Service Power Receptacles (Optional) . . . . . . . 40-13
Prestarting Checks Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic/Hydraulic Oil Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel System (9540 Combine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After Long Storage Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubricate Combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checks in Operators Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45-1 45-2 45-2 45-3 45-3 45-3 45-4 45-4 45-5 45-5 45-6
Operating the Engine Safety Rules for Starting Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1 Starting the Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2 Warming up Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-5 Breaking-In Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-6 Break-In Check First 100 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-8 Break-In Check After 100 Hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-8 Hot Weather Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-9 Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-10 Starting the Engine by Means of a Booster Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-11 Stopping the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-12 Stalling of Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-12
Driving and Transporting the Combine Starting the Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering and Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engaging a Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Road Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iii
101801
PN=3
Contents
Page
Page
Adjusting Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Raising Header. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Forward and Reverse Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Reverse Travel Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-4 Choosing Correct Ground Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-4 Avoid Overheating of Hydrostatic System. . . . . . 55-5 Transport Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5 Transporting Under Own Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6 Ground Drive and Engine Speed Switches Four Wheel Drive Engage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7 Towing the Combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8 Attaching Machine Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-9 Trailer Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10 Transporting Combine on a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . 55-10 Unloading Auger Transport Protection . . . . . . . 55-13
Wheels, Axles and Additional Weights Service Tires Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Wheel Bolt Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drive Wheel Bolt Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mounting Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Liquid Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drive Wheel Starter Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jacking Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60-1 60-1 60-2 60-2 60-3 60-4 60-4 60-4 60-5 60-6
iv
101801
PN=4
Contents
Page
Page
Chaffer Fingers Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Chaffer Fingers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Precleaner Tool Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Precleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Chaffer, Chaffer Extension and Sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chaffer Finger Bar Cover (Attachment) . . . . . . Clean Grain Elevator Top Access Cover for Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Perforated Screens (Attachment) . . . . . . . . . . . Tailings Elevator Paddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Separator Countershaft Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tailings Elevator Slip Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydrostatic Drive System, Main Hydraulic System and Main Engine Gear Case Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-6 Transmission, Final Drives, Feeder House Reverser, Dual-Range Cylinder Drive, Primary Countershaft and Loading Auger Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-6 Straw Walker Gearcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-7 Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-7 Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-8 Lubricant Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-8 Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants. . . . . . . . . 105-8 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-9
Lubrication and Maintenance Service During the Break-In Period (First 100 Hours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1 Service Intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1 Lubrication Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-4 10 Hours or Daily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-5 50 Hours or Weekly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-8 50 Hours or Weekly (HILLMASTER II Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-12 100 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-13 200 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-14 250 Hours or Yearly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-16 400 Hours or Yearly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-18 800 Hours or Every Two Years . . . . . . . . . . . 110-28 2000 Hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-29 As Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-32 Replace Engine Crankshaft Damper 4500 Hours or Five Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-34 Cleaning Combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-34
Shields Left-Hand and Right-Hand Gull Wing Doors . . . Right-Hand Rear Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left-Hand Side Separator Shields . . . . . . . . . . Right-Hand Side Separator Side Shield . . . . . . Cleaning Composite Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service - Engine Rear Ladder and Landing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Compartment Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . Belt Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Access Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do Not Modify Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Fuel SafelyAvoid Fires . . . . . . . . . . . Check Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chopper and Spreader Chopper (General Information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Chopper Vanes (Manual) . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Chopper Vanes (Electrical) . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Knives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chaff Spreader (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chop to Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Raising and Lowering Chopper Vane Board . . . . Adjusting Spreader Disk Vanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing the Chaff Spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain Tank and Unloading System Grain Tank/Engine Ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain Tank Drain Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Grain Tank Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Grain Tank 3/4 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Grain Tank Full Indicator. . . . . . . . . . Grain Tank Unloading Auger Covers (Optional) (Standard on Rice Combines). . . . Cross Auger Drive Shear Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain Tank Loading Auger Deflector . . . . . . . . Adjusting Unloading Auger Drive Cylinder . . . . Replacing Unloading Auger Drive Cylinder . . . . Vertical Adjustment of Auger Support Stud. . . . Adjust Swing Cylinder Eyebolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduced Speed Unloading System (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuels and Lubricants Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storing Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fill Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liquid Coolant Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel Engine Break-In Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended Diesel Engine Oil Service Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
101801
PN=5
Contents
Page
Page
Fuel Tank and Cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-4 Draining Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-5 Replacing Fuel Filter (9540 Combine Only) . . . 120-5 Replacing Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-6 Water Separator Filter Replacement (9540 Combine Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-7 Draining Water Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-7 Bleeding Fuel Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-7 Bleeding Engine Fuel Filter (9540 Combine Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-8 Bleeding Combine Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-9 Drain Cooling System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-10 Filling Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-12 Winterize Cooling System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-12 Replacing Engine Fan Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-13 Engine Accessory Drive Belt Routing (6.8 Liter Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-14 Engine Accessory Drive Belt Routing (8.1 Liter Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-14 Replace Engine Accessory Drive Belt. . . . . . . 120-15 Rotary Screen Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-17 Replacing Rotary Screen Drive Belt . . . . . . . . 120-17 Cleaning Rotary Screen, Oil Cooler, Condenser, Radiator and Charge Air Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-19 Adjust Rotary Screen Knife Comb . . . . . . . . . 120-20 Removing Air Cleaner Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-21 Inspecting Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-21 Cleaning Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-22 Washing Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-22
Service - Feeder House Hydraulic Cylinder Safety Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing Fixed Speed Feeder House Belt . . . Removing Conveyor Chain Links . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Feeder Conveyor Drive Chain . . . . . . Adjusting Fixed Speed Feeder House Belt . . . .
Adjusting Straw Walker Gearcase Belt . . . . . . Adjusting Straw Walker Plugging Switch. . . . . Adjusting Cleaning Shoe Auger Gears . . . . . . Replacing Cleaning Shoe Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing Cleaning Fan Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing Clean Grain Elevator Belt . . . . . . . Adjust Clean Grain Elevator Drive Belt . . . . . . Adjusting Clean Grain Elevator Chain. . . . . . . Replacing Tailings Auger and Elevator Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Tailings Elevator Belt . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Tailings Elevator Drive Chain . . . . . Adjusting Tailings Elevator Paddle Chain . . . . Adjusting Upper Tailings Auger Drive Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service - Chopper and Spreader Replacing Knife Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove and Replace Straw Chopper Blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove and Replace Counter Knife Bank . . . . Replacing Chopper Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service - Grain Tank and Unloading Adjusting Grain Tank Cross Auger Drive . . . . . Replacing Unloading Auger Drive Belt . . . . . . . Aligning Unloading Auger Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Unloading Auger Drive Cylinder . . . . Replacing Unloading Auger Drive Cylinder . . . . Vertical Adjustment of Auger Support Stud. . . . Adjust Swing Cylinder Eyebolt . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service - Electrical System Specifications, Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dangers When Handling Batteries . . . . . . . . . . Battery Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking Electrolyte Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking Specific Gravity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connecting Booster Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing Batteries and Connecting to Correct Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Welding on Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Distribution Board Relay Identification . . Engine Compartment Relay Panel Fuse Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Compartment Relay Panel Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135-1
135-2 135-3 135-3
Service - Separator Adjusting Cylinder Drive Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-1 Aligning Cylinder Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-2 Adjusting Cylinder Belt Idler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-3 Replacing Cylinder Intermediate Belt . . . . . . . . 130-4 Replacing Cylinder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-5 Second Concave Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-6 Adjusting Beater Belt Idler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-6 Replacing Beater Belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-7 Adjusting Secondary Countershaft Belt. . . . . . . 130-7 Replacing Secondary Countershaft Belt . . . . . . 130-8 Replacing Power Separator Belt. . . . . . . . . . . . 130-9 Adjusting Feeder House Drive/Reel Pump Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-9 Replacing Feeder House/Reel Pump Belt. . . . 130-10
vi
101801
PN=6
Contents
Page
Page
Safety Rules When Replacing Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-9 Replacing Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-9 Cab Head Light Bulb Replacement and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-10 Replacing Stubble Light (Optional) Bulb . . . . . 145-11 Replacing Field Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-11 Replacing Side Finder Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . 145-12 Replacing Grain Tank Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . 145-12 Replacing Cleaning Shoe Light Bulb . . . . . . . 145-13 Replacing Warning Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-13 Replacing Turn Signal Indicator Light Bulb . . . 145-14 Replacing Dome and Console Light Bulb . . . . 145-14 Replacing Warning Display Panel Light Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-15 Observe Electrical Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-15 Basic Electrical Component Handling / Precautions For Vehicles Equipped With Computer Controlled Systems. . . . . . . 145-16 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-16 Alternator and Voltage Regulator . . . . . . . . . . 145-17 Header Drive Electromagnetic Clutch . . . . . . . 145-17 Antenna Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-18
Service - Hydraulic System Hydraulic System (General Information) . . . . . . Hydraulic System Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accumulator (General Information) . . . . . . . . . . Valve for Raising/Lowering Header (Proportional Valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service - Ground Speed Drive Adjusting Gearshift Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning Hydrostatic Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service - Air Conditioning and Heater Observe Air Conditioning Precautions . . . . . . . CLIMATRAK Air Conditioning System (General Information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning Fresh Air Filter and Recirculating Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Evaporator Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning Cab Roof Inlet Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Accessory Drive Belt Routing (6.8 Liter Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Accessory Drive Belt Routing (8.1 Liter Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Compressor Drive Belt. . . . . . . . . . . High Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trouble Shooting Feeder House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-1 Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-2 Hydrostatic Ground Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-6 4-Wheel Drive (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-9 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-9 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-10 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-11 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-15 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-16
Storage Preparing Combine for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 170-1 Removing Combine from Storage. . . . . . . . . . . 170-2
Specifications Operating Speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-1 Whole Body Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-3 Sound Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-3 Turning Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-3 Specifications - 9540 Combine Only . . . . . . . . . 175-4 Specifications - 9560, 9580, 9640, 9660, 9680 Combines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-6 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-7 Dimension Reference Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-8 Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values . . . . 175-9 Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-10 Safety Note Regarding the Subsequent Installation of Electrical and Electronic Appliances and/or Components . . . . . . . . . 175-11 Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-12
Machine Identification Numbers Type Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Combine Type Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic Drive Unit Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic Drive Unit Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Speed 4-Wheel Drive Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Gearcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
160-1
160-1
160-2 160-2 160-3 160-3
160-4
160-4 160-5 160-7 160-7
vii
101801
PN=7
Contents
viii
101801
PN=8
Predelivery Inspection
Predelivery Inspection
The following checks, adjustments and service jobs were performed prior to delivery of the machine.
Predelivery 1. Is product identification plate on R.H. side of operators platform? 2. Is engine oil level correct? 3. Is engine coolant level correct? 4. Is hydraulic oil level correct? 5. Is lighting system functioning correctly? 6. Is steering system functioning correctly? 7. Are foot brakes functioning correctly?
8. Are gauges, acoustical warning devices and monitors operating correctly? 9. Is parking brake operating correctly? 10. Is transmission operating correctly? 11. Is hydrostatic ground speed drive operating correctly?
12. Is HILLMASTER II leveling system functioning properly?
14. Reverser operating correctly? 15. Is transmission oil level correct? 16. Is final drive oil level correct? 17. Is fast idle speed of engine correct? 18. Tine separator functioning correctly? 19. All rubber seals in separator area and cleaning unit correct? 20. All belts and chains adjusted correctly?
21. Are all guards, shields etc. installed? 22. Paint and decals smooth and neat? 23. Have all controls and safety rules etc. been explained to the operator?
Date:
OUO6075,0001899 1928JUN011/1
CLIS-1
101801
PN=5
Identification View
Combine
OUO6075,000189A 1928JUN011/1
05-1
101801
PN=6
H68351
UN30MAY01
Safety
Recognize Safety Information
This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury. Follow recommended precautions and safe operating practices.
UN07DEC88
DX,ALERT 1929SEP981/1
DX,READ 1903MAR931/1
10-1
101801
PN=7
TS201
UN23AUG88
T81389
Safety
AG,OUO6018,604 1922SEP991/1
10-2
101801
PN=8
Safety
Fire Extinguisher
A 6 kg (15 lb.) general purpose fire extinguisher meeting local legal requirements must be installed on the operators station ladder. Maintain fire extinguisher to keep it in operating condition. Keep the engine clean and free of dust, chaff and straw to prevent the possibility of fire.
OUO6075,0001764 1930MAY011/1
H58737
HX,AG,SF6788 1908JUL991/1
10-3
101801
PN=9
H47152
UN20DEC95
Safety
Before moving away, always check immediate vicinity of machine (e.g. for children). Ensure adequate visibility. Use the horn as a warning immediately before moving away. Always adapt ground speed to road or field conditions. Avoid making sharp turns when driving up or down slopes or when driving across a slope. Be especially careful when turning on slopes with full grain tank. Attach harvesting units and other implements to combine with extreme care. When making turns, always take into consideration the width of the attachment and the fact that the rear end of the combine swings out. Attachments and ground conditions affect the driving characteristics of the combine. Reduce ground speed when driving on slopes or over uneven ground and before making sharp turns. Before descending a steep hill, shift to a lower gear. Avoid holes, ditches and obstructions which may cause the combine to tip, particularly on hillsides.
ZX,DRIVEXZCO 1927JAN921/1
OUO6075,00015A8 1927MAR011/1
10-4
H52044
101801
UN31MAR99
PN=10
ZX002461
Safety
Emergency Exit
Pull tab (A) to begin removal of rubber rope (B). Continue to pull until rope is removed from around window. The window can now be pushed out and allowed to fall free. See your John Deere dealer for window replacement.
AG,OUZXMAY,69 1911OCT991/1
DX,FLASH 1907JUL991/1
Riders are subject to injury such as being thrown off the machine. Riders also obstruct the operators view resulting in the machine being operated in an unsafe manner. Children should never be allowed on the machine or in the combine cab when the engine is running. The instructional seat should only be used for instruction or short periods of machine observation, and not for the accommodation of children.
AG,OUO6075,255 1901AUG001/1
10-5
101801
PN=11
TS253
TS951
UN12APR90
ZX018636
UN12NOV99
Safety
HX,AG,SF6782 1905FEB991/1
Radio Aerial
If radio aerial is not secured in its transport position before driving on public roads, it may come into contact with low-hanging electrical cables. This would result in the operator suffering a severe electrical shock. To avoid electrical shock, no portion of the machine should be higher than 4 m. Before transporting machine, bend aerial or remove it.
ZX,ANTENNAXZCO 1927JAN921/1
10-6
101801
PN=12
ZX002464
UN16JUN95
H51907
Safety
OUO6075,00014F3 1921FEB011/1
DX,AIR 1917FEB991/1
DX,STORE 1903MAR931/1
10-7
101801
PN=13
TS219
UN23AUG88
TS220
TS230
UN24MAY89
Safety
Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill fuel tank outdoors. Prevent fires by keeping machine clean of accumulated trash, grease, and debris. Always clean up spilled fuel.
DX,FIRE1 1903MAR931/1
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
DX,FIRE2 1903MAR931/1
DX,WEAR2 1903MAR931/1
10-8
101801
PN=14
TS206
UN23AUG88
TS291
TS202
Safety
OUO6075,00014F4 1921FEB011/1
H01,9000SA,D 1920MAR901/1
If the combine must be transported with the header attached, make sure that the flashing warning lights on the header are operating and the reflective material is clean and visible. The use of a spotter or pilot vehicle is recommended on busy, narrow or hilly roads and when crossing bridges. Drive at a speed that is safe for conditions.
OUO6075,0000034 1922JAN011/1
10-9
101801
PN=15
H51909
TS254
ES118704
UN21MAR95
Safety
H01,9000SA,E 1915JUN901/1
HX,CTSESA,B1 1906JAN981/1
OUO6075,0000340 1908JAN011/1
10-10
101801
PN=16
TS1644
UN22AUG95
TS256
UN23AUG88
TS256
Safety
Always disengage main clutch, shut off engine, set parking brake and remove key before removing any guards or shields. Keep hands, feet and clothing away from moving parts.
OUO6075,00014F5 1921FEB011/1
HX,AG,SF6789 1905MAY991/1
HX,AG,SF6790 1920JAN001/1
10-11
101801
PN=17
TS218
UN23AUG88
ES118703
Safety
DX,LOOSE 1904JUN901/1
DX,LOWER 1924FEB001/1
OUO6075,00019DB 1909AUG011/1
10-12
101801
PN=18
H69604
1909AUG01
TS229
UN23AUG88
TS228
Safety
DX,PAINT 1922OCT991/1
DX,TORCH 1903MAR931/1
10-13
101801
PN=19
TS953
UN15MAY90
TS220
Safety
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
DX,FLUID 1903MAR931/1
DX,SPRAY 1916APR921/1
10-14
101801
PN=20
TS1343
X9811
Safety
DX,SPARKS 1903MAR931/1
If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 1530 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. If acid is swallowed: 1. Do not induce vomiting. 2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 2 L (2 quarts). 3. Get medical attention immediately.
UN23AUG88
DX,POISON 1921APR931/1
10-15
101801
PN=21
TS203
TS204
UN23AUG88
Safety
DX,RIM 1924AUG901/1
DX,DRAIN 1903MAR931/1
10-16
101801
PN=22
TS1133
TS211
UN23AUG88
Safety
DX,RCAP 1904JUN901/1
HX,AG,SF6793 1923AUG971/1
10-17
101801
PN=23
TS227
UN23AUG88
TS281
UN23AUG88
OUO6075,000189B 1928JUN011/1
Operators Manual
This operators manual contains all important information necessary for safe machine operation. Carefully observe all safety rules to avoid accidents.
UN06JUN01
OUO6075,000189C 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,000189D 1928JUN011/1
15-1
101801
PN=24
H68390
UN06JUN01
H68389
TS231
1907OCT88
Parking Brake
Set parking brake before leaving combine. Lock service brakes together before driving on roadway.
2907JUN01
German Only
OUO6075,000189E 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,000189F 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00018A0 1928JUN011/1
15-2
101801
PN=25
H68393
H68392
UN06JUN01
H68391
OUO6075,0000005 1912JAN011/1
Fire Extinguisher
The machine must not be operated unless a fully-operational fire extinguisher is installed at this point. A minimum of 6 kg (15 lb.) general purpose fire extinguisher must be installed at this location.
OUO6075,00018A1 1928JUN011/1
Grain Tank
Never reach into grain tank or enter tank when the engine is running.
OUO6075,00018A2 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00018A3 1928JUN011/1
15-3
101801
PN=26
H68396
UN06JUN01
H68395
UN06JUN01
H68394
UN06JUN01
H65731
UN12JAN01
OUO6075,00018A4 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00018A5 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00018A6 1928JUN011/1
Elevators
Do not open or remove guard when the engine is running.
OUO6075,00018A7 1928JUN011/1
15-4
101801
PN=27
H68399
UN06JUN01
H68498
UN07JUN01
H68398
UN06JUN01
H68397
UN06JUN01
Chopper
Do not touch any moving machine parts. Wait until all moving parts have stopped.
OUO6075,00018A8 1928JUN011/2
OUO6075,00018A8 1928JUN012/2
OUO6075,00018A9 1928JUN011/1
Hydraulic System
Avoid fluid escaping under pressure.
OUO6075,00018AA 1928JUN011/1
15-5
101801
PN=28
H68403
UN06JUN01
H68402
UN06JUN01
H68401
UN06JUN01
H68400
UN06JUN01
Cooling System
Pressurized cooling system. Read the Operators Manual before servicing.
OUO6075,00018AB 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00018AC 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00018AD 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00018AE 1928JUN011/1
15-6
101801
PN=29
H68407
UN06JUN01
H68406
UN06JUN01
H68405
UN06JUN01
H68404
UN06JUN01
Rotary Screen
Keep hands away from Rotary Screen when engine is running.
OUO6075,00018AF 1928JUN011/1
Emergency Exit
Emergency exit. Pull tab, remove rope and push window.
OUO6075,00018B0 1928JUN011/1
Rear Door
Do not open door when combine is running.
OUO6075,00018B1 1928JUN011/1
15-7
101801
PN=30
H68410
UN06JUN01
H68409
UN06JUN01
H68408
UN06JUN01
OUO6075,00018B3 1928JUN011/1
20-1
101801
PN=31
H68142
UN23MAY01
AHC
IMPORTANT: When reversing, allow header to come to a complete stop before re-engaging. Before operating this combine for the first time, become familiar with the switches and controls. These controls are color coded to help you quickly locate them when operating the combine.
Yellow (A) - drive engagement. Black (B) - operating adjustments and controls. Orange (C) - ground drive and engine speed. Green (D) - activation indicators
OUO6075,00018B4 1928JUN011/1
20-2
101801
PN=32
H69000
UN27JUN01
D
AHC
AHeader Engage Switch / Electro Feeder House Reverser Switch BSeparator Engage Switch
CHeader Height and Ground Pressure Knob DDIAL-A-SPEED Knob EEngine Speed Switches
FResponse Rate Control For Automatic Functions Knob GFeeder House Reaction Speed Knob
OUO6075,00018B5 1928JUN011/1
20-3
101801
PN=33
H68413
UN07JUN01
AHC
AGrain Tank Cover Switch BRoad Safety Switch CDraper Speed Switch DReel Speed Switch
GConcave Clearance Switch HFour Wheel Drive Speed Switch (Optional) ICylinder Speed Switch
OUO6075,00018B6 1928JUN011/1
20-4
101801
PN=34
H68414
UN07JUN01
Multi-Function Lever
OUO6075,0000297 1911DEC001/1
20-5
PN=35
H68415
101801
UN07JUN01
Corner Post
OUO6075,00018B7 1928JUN011/2
101801
20-6
H68416
UN07JUN01
PN=36
OUO6075,00018B7 1928JUN012/2
20-7
101801
PN=37
P
4/4
3/4
Delco Electrics
AUTO
DIM
SCAN
TM SET
JOHN DEERE
[TP] RT AF
PTY
RPT RDM
ALARM
AM FM U IIIL WX LOUD
AS
DSCN
RPT
RDM
1 2 3 4 5 6
REV
PAUSE
FF
4/4
3/4
CElectrically Adjustable Outside Mirrors and Mirror Heater DRadio/Citizen Band (Special Equipment)
EWarning Display Panel FGREENSTAR Printer GWindshield Wiper and Windshield Washer
HHigh/Low Beam
NOTE: Dimensions for the installation of (D) are standard ones: 182 mm (7.17 in.) wide, 53 mm (2.1 in.) high.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company.
OUO6075,00003F9 1901JUN011/1
20-8
101801
PN=38
H68976
UN26JUN01
Steering Column
B
A
ATrailer Signal Indicator Light BTurn Signal Indicator Light CBeacon Signal Indicator Light
OUO6075,00018B8 1928JUN011/1
20-9
101801
PN=39
H68418
UN07JUN01
AHC
If the header fails to engage or stops unexpectedly, sit squarely on the seat, turn the switch off, push down and forward on switch to re-engage.
OUO6075,00018B9 1928JUN011/1
20-10
101801
PN=40
H68499
UN07JUN01
OUO6075,00018BA 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00018BB 1928JUN011/1
20-11
101801
PN=41
H68420
UN07JUN01
H68419
The reel will now speed up or slow down in relation to the ground speed. DIAL-A-SPEED system will not operate if ground speed is less than 1.2 km/h (0.75 mph). The minimum reel speed can be increased with the manual reel speed switch (B) when operating at less than 1.2 km/h (0.75 mph).
OUO6075,0001984 1926JUL011/2
20-12
PN=42
H68421
101801
OUO6075,0001984 1926JUL012/2
20-13
H68423
UN07JUN01
101801
PN=43
H68422
UN07JUN01
For mid idle press switch (B). For slow idle press switch (C) Turtle.
B
OUO6075,00018BD 1928JUN011/1
Response Rate Control For Automatic Functions And Feeder House Reaction Speed Knobs
UN12NOV99
For details see HEADERTRAK Control Module, Section Warning Devices and Monitors.
AResponse Rate Control For Automatic Functions Knob BFeeder House Reaction Speed Knob
OUO6075,00013C7 1902FEB011/1
20-14
101801
PN=44
ZX018647
H68424
UN07JUN01
NOTE: For more details on operating the grain tank covers, (see Grain Tank Loading and Unloading System).
OUO6075,00018BE 1928JUN011/1
20-15
101801
PN=45
H68425
C AH
OUO6075,00018BF 1928JUN011/1
20-16
101801
PN=46
H65400
UN18DEC00
To re-engage the above functions for field operation, press the road transport disconnect switch, then the desired function switch.
H68426
UN07JUN01
NOTE: For best overall performance it is recommended that the 2-speed 4-wheel drive be left in the low (turtle) speed mode. This will allow the machine to operate at maximum torque capacity.
It is NORMAL for front wheels to lose traction and spin out before the rear wheels in most conditions. In extremely muddy conditions, it may be necessary to apply both brakes momentarily to increase hydrostatic pressure to the 4-wheel drive motors. If rear wheels are spinning excessively shift from 2nd gear to 1st gear.
OUO6075,0000241 1907DEC001/2
101801
20-17
H65350
UN18DEC00
PN=47
OUO6075,0000241 1907DEC002/2
OUO6075,00018C0 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00018C1 1928JUN011/1
20-18
H68429
101801
UN07JUN01
H68428
UN07JUN01
PN=48
OUO6075,00018C2 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00018C3 1928JUN011/1
20-19
H68431
101801
UN07JUN01
H68430
UN07JUN01
PN=49
OUO6075,000166C 1926APR011/1
H65355
AH C
UN18DEC00
ARoad Safety Switch in Field Position BManual Leveling Control Switch ICombine Tilt to the Left IICombine Tilt to the Right
OUO6075,00018C4 1928JUN011/1
20-20
101801
PN=50
ZX021818
UN13SEP00
H68432
NOTE: With automatic leveling control system activated, this switch can be used to overcome automatic functions, i.e. combine may be tilted manually (B) to the left or right.
UN07JUN01
OUO6075,00018C5 1928JUN011/1
20-21
101801
PN=51
H67707
UN03MAY01
H68432
UN07JUN01
OUO6075,0001687 1927APR011/1
20-22
101801
PN=52
ZX021821
ZX002438
UN16JUN95
ZX021820
UN13SEP00
OUO6075,0001686 1927APR011/4
1. Test 1: Move manual leveling control switch to right-hand tilt position for 20 secondscombine should tilt to the right.
UN13SEP00
OUO6075,0001686 1927APR012/4
2. Test 2: Move manual leveling control switch to left-hand tilt position for 20 secondscombine should tilt to the left.
UN13SEP00
OUO6075,0001686 1927APR013/4
101801
20-23
PN=53
ZX021823
ZX021822
H67708
OUO6075,0001686 1927APR014/4
OUO6075,0001685 1927APR011/1
20-24
101801
PN=54
H67710
UN03MAY01
H67709
OUO6075,0001684 1927APR011/2
2. To Place Combine to Road Travel Position: Place road safety switch (B) in field position (the indicator light (C) will go off). Press and hold automatic leveling control switch (D) to ON position (the indicator light (E) will come on). Press manual leveling control switch (A) either on the left-hand and right-hand side to lower the machine to road travel position.
AManual Leveling Control switch BRoad Safety Switch CIndicator Light DAutomatic Leveling Control switch EIndicator Light
OUO6075,0001684 1927APR012/2
20-25
101801
PN=55
H67712
UN03MAY01
H67711
UN03MAY01
Multi-Function Lever
IMPORTANT: If the hydro charge pressure light comes on in the warning display panel when the lever is moved, check hydrostatic/hydraulic oil level or replace filter. If this does not correct the problem, see your John Deere dealer. Move lever forward to go forward.
UN07JUN01
Move lever to the right and rearward to go backward. The palm rest (A) is adjustable with three detented positions. To lower the palm rest, release lever (B) under the palm rest. To raise the palm rest, release lever (B) and lift the palm rest.
OUO6075,00018C6 1928JUN011/1
A
D
C B
OUO6075,00018C7 1928JUN011/1
20-26
101801
PN=56
H68439
UN07JUN01
H68438
NOTE: If the auger automatic swing switch is operated while raising or lowering the feeder house, the auger swing cylinder may become starved for oil and stop working after two seconds. To complete auger swing press the auger swing switch until the auger has completed swinging.
For automatic control, press the switch all the way down and release it. The auger will swing to the full out or full in position without holding the switch.
NOTE: The automatic auger swing function will not operate when the unloading auger drive is engaged.
OUO6075,00018C8 1928JUN011/1
20-27
101801
PN=57
H68440
UN07JUN01
To engage the unloading auger drive, the road transport disconnect switch (A) must be in field position.
B
Pressing switch (B) turns the unloading auger drive on/off. The switch has a lighted indicator that comes on when the drive is engaged. The unloading drive can also be turned off with the Quick Stop switch (C) on the top of the multi function lever. The unloading drive will engage only while the button switch is held in while the auger is in the auto-swing mode out or when the auger is manually swung out less than 50%. To re-engage the unloading auger if the header and unloading auger are stopped with the Quick Stop switch, press the unloading switch once.
ARoad Transport Disconnect Switch BUnloading Auger Drive Switch CQuick Stop Switch
UN07JUN01
OUO6075,00018C9 1928JUN011/1
20-28
101801
PN=58
H68441
NOTE: All header positions obtained by pressing buttons (A), (B) or (C) may be overcome by pressing switches (D) or (E).
The activation buttons can be activated only when: 1. A properly equipped header is connected to the combine. 2. The engine is running. 3. The road transport disconnect switch is in the field position. 4. HEADERTRAK mode is enabled. 5. The header engage switch is engaged. The system is activated by pressing the header activation buttons in the multi-function lever. The header control system will then take control and move the header to the selected position.
AActivation Button 1 BActivation Button 2 CActivation Button 3 DReel Lift and Reel Fore/Aft EHeader Raise and Lower and Lateral Tilt Switch
OUO6075,00018CA 1928JUN011/1
20-29
PN=59
H68442
101801
UN07JUN01
The top of the table shows the activated function. The lower part of the table shows the allocation of the activation buttons with the appropriate functions.
OUO6075,00018CB 1928JUN011/1
20-30
PN=60
H68443
101801
UN07JUN01
ZX018692
UN12NOV99
OUO6075,00018CC 1928JUN011/1
Press and hold top of switch to raise header. Press and hold bottom of switch to lower header.
AHeader Lift Switch BRoad Transport Disconnect Switch
OUO6075,00018CD 1928JUN011/1
20-31
101801
PN=61
H68445
UN07JUN01
H68444
UN07JUN01
Press right side of switch to tilt right side of header down. Push left side of switch to tilt left side of header down.
ALateral Tilt Switch BRoad Transport Disconnect Switch
OUO6075,00018CE 1928JUN011/1
20-32
101801
PN=62
H68446
UN07JUN01
With the mode selector switch in the OFF position (bottom of switch pressed in), all power to the air conditioning system will be off. In the ON position (middle position), power is supplied for normal functions. In the DEFOG position (top of switch pressed in), power is supplied to the compressor regardless of temperature selection to remove moisture from the air even in the heat mode. The recirculation fan controls air coming out of the louvers. Fan speed control switch controls an infinitely variable fan. It also has a detent position for automatic fan speed operation. In this position, fan speed is determined by the difference between the selected temperature and actual cab temperature. As temperature approaches the set point, fan speed decreases. The desired cab temperature is selected with the temperature selector knob. Turn knob to desired temperature setting.
ATemperature Selector Knob BMode Selector Switch CFan Speed Control Knob DSolar Sensor
OUO6075,0001869 1921JUN011/1
20-33
101801
PN=63
H68447
UN07JUN01
H68834
OUO6075,0000038 1922JAN011/1
OUO6075,00018CF 1928JUN011/1
20-34
101801
PN=64
ZX018654
ZX018653
UN04NOV99
ZX018652
The windshield wiper can be stopped on either side of glass, depending on when the switch is returned to the off position. To operate the windshield washer move the switch to the top position (C). The key switch must be in the on position for the wiper to work.
AOff BWindshield Wiper CWindshield Washer (optional)
OUO6075,00003F8 1923MAY011/1
H68144
UN23MAY01
101801
OUO6075,00018D0 1928JUN011/1
20-35
PN=65
H68585
Horn
CAUTION: For safety reasons, sound horn before starting the engine or operating the combine. Press button (A) to sound horn.
AHorn
UN06JUN01
OUO6075,00018D1 1928JUN011/1
Indicator Lights
Trailer signal indicator light (A) will illuminate when trailer harness is hooked up and turn signal is applied.
UN20MAR01
Turn signal indicator light (B) will illuminate when turn signal is applied. Beacon signal indicator light (C) will illuminate when beacon light switch is turned on.
ATrailer Signal Indicator Light BTurn Signal Indicator Light CBeacon Signal Indicator Light
OUO6075,00015A1 1921MAR011/1
20-36
101801
PN=66
H66894
H68448
Start Switch
CAUTION: Sound horn before starting engine to clear people away from the combine. To avoid the possibility of personal injury or death, start the engine ONLY from the operators seat. Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals. Combine will start in gear if normal circuit is bypassed. Start switch is located on right side of steering column. Key positions are:
First Position (O) .............................................................................. Off Second Position (I) ........................................................... Accessories Third Position (II) ............................................... Accessories and Run Fourth Position (III) ....................................................................... Start
When released, it will return to run or third position. If engine will not crank, check for: Multi-function lever in neutral Separator OFF Header OFF Auger swing switch in neutral Unloading auger OFF
ADecal
OUO6075,0000050 1917NOV001/1
20-37
101801
PN=67
ZX018660
UN26NOV99
The decal (A) on the storage box lid shows engine starting information.
ZX018659
UN04NOV99
Turn key to the fourth position to start. All lights on the warning display panel will come on.
OUO6075,00018D2 1928JUN011/1
20-38
101801
PN=68
H68451
UN07JUN01
H68450
4/4
3/4
These lights monitor the most important combine functions (road and operating safety, engine). Warning display panel shows a red, yellow or green light and sounds a buzzer for the following conditions. Priority 1: Red warning light with acoustical warning signalStop engine at once and correct problem. Priority 2: Yellow warning light with acoustical warning signal Service or correct problem. Stop engine as required.
Priority 3: Green warning light with acoustical warning signalBe aware of condition.
NOTE: When key is in start position, all lights on the panel will come on. These warning lights dim at night when the field or road lights are on.
OUO6075,00018D3 1928JUN011/1
25-1
101801
PN=69
H68975
UN26JUN01
Unloading Auger On
Green light will come on, buzzer will sound three short pulses, a 15 second pause and then repeat.
UN04MAR99 H52365
AG,OUO1035,607 1910MAY991/1
Low Fuel
The fuel level low light will be come on and the buzzer will sound four beeps every five minutes until fuel is added. The alarm will sound when the fuel level reaches 11% of remaining fuel (approximately one hour of field operation).
H52366
UN04MAR99
AG,OUO1035,755 1925JUN991/1
Parking Brake On
Yellow light on whenever the parking brake is depressed. The buzzer will sound steadily if the multi-function lever is out of neutral.
UN04MAR99 H52367
OUO6075,000150E 1921FEB011/1
AG,OUO1035,757 1925JUN991/1
25-2
101801
PN=70
AG,OUO1035,758 1925JUN991/1
AG,OUO1035,759 1925JUN991/1
Voltage
Yellow light on and buzzer sounds steadily if voltage drops below 10 volts and will stay on until voltage increases to 11 volts. Check wiring, alternator belt, batteries and cables. This light may come on for a short period of time after starting the engine, if the batteries are low. If the light still stays on, see your John Deere dealer.
H52371
UN04MAR99
AG,OUO1035,760 1925JUN991/1
25-3
101801
PN=71
AG,OUO1035,761 1925JUN991/1
Separator Plugged
Yellow light on and buzzer sounds after two seconds when walkers are plugged. Clean off walkers. Light must be on for two seconds to sound buzzer. Header drive must be on to turn on the system. If the light still stays on, check switch adjustment (over walkers). If the light still stays on, see your John Deere dealer.
UN07JUN91 H43345
HX,AG,SF6806 1925JUN991/1
OUO6075,0001776 1931MAY011/1
25-4
H68011
UN31MAY01
101801
PN=72
H68376
UN01JUN01
OUO6075,0001777 1931MAY011/1
AG,OUO1035,540 1905MAY991/1
OUO6075,00018D4 1928JUN011/1
25-5
101801
PN=73
ZX018665
UN15NOV99
ZX018666
UN15NOV99
AG,OUO1035,763 1925JUN991/1
OUO6075,000003A 1922JAN011/1
H52376
If the light still stays on, see your John Deere dealer.
UN04MAR99
OUO6075,0000052 1917NOV001/1
25-6
101801
PN=74
If the light still stays on, see your John Deere dealer.
H52377
NOTE: This sensor also provides the interlock so the header lift, reel lift, reel fore/aft, and HEADERTRAK will not function unless the engine is running.
UN04MAR99
OUO6075,000151B 1921FEB011/1
OUO6075,0001778 1931MAY011/1
H52379
UN04MAR99
H68012
UN31MAY01
HX,AG,SF6812 1925JUN991/1
25-7
101801
PN=75
Grain Separator
Yellow light on and buzzer sounds steadily if the straw walkers are running below 85 % of their proper speed. Header drive must be on and the operator must be seated. Stop engine, inspect drives and look for plugging. (See Troubleshooting section of this manual).
H43708
UN06AUG91
HX,AG,SF6813 1925JUN991/1
Auger Conveyor
Yellow light on and buzzer sounds steadily if the augers are running below 85 % of their proper speed. Header drive must be on and the operator must be seated. Stop engine, inspect drives and look for plugging. (See Troubleshooting section of this manual).
H52380
UN04MAR99
HX,AG,SF6814 1925JUN991/1
Grain Elevator
Yellow light on and buzzer sounds steadily if the clean grain elevator is running below 85 % of its proper speed. Header drive must be on and the operator must be seated. Stop engine, inspect drives and look for plugging. (See Troubleshooting section of this manual).
H52381
UN04MAR99
HX,AG,SF6815 1910MAY991/1
Tailings Elevator
Yellow light on and buzzer sounds steadily if the tailings elevator is running below 85 % of its proper speed. Header drive must be on and the operator must be seated. Stop engine, inspect drives and look for plugging. (See Troubleshooting section of this manual).
H52382
UN04MAR99
HX,AG,SF6816 1925JUN991/1
25-8
101801
PN=76
Cylinder Speed
Yellow light on and buzzer sounds steadily if rpm drops to less than 80 % of current setting of cylinder speed. Engine must be running, header drive must be on, and cylinder drive must be above 90 rpm to work. When the light and buzzer come on, stop engine and check for plugging. The sensor behind the cylinder sheave should be a half turn from contacting the tone wheel. If the light still stays on, see your John Deere dealer.
NOTE: Cylinder speed light will not come on when reducing engine speed to low idle. Engine speed must be steady when cylinder speed drops for warning light to come on.
H52383
UN04MAR99
HX,AG,SF6817 1925JUN991/1
Engine Speed
Yellow light on and buzzer sounds if rpm drops below 2000 on the Combine.
UN04MAR99 H52384
When the light and buzzer come on, reduce the load on the engine. If the light still stays on, see your John Deere dealer.
HX,AG,SF6818 1910MAY991/1
25-9
101801
PN=77
OUO6075,00018D5 1928JUN011/1
25-10
101801
PN=78
H68452
UN27JUN01
AHeader Height or Pressure Bar Graph Indicator BStubble Height Control Icon CReturn to Cut Icon DActivation Button 1, 2 or 3 Display EHeader Width Icon FHeader Width GGround Pressure Icon HReel Position Icon IHeader Tilt Angle JArrows
OUO6075,00018D6 1928JUN011/1
25-11
101801
PN=79
H68453
UN06JUN01
OUO6075,00018DD 1928JUN011/4
101801
25-12
PN=80
H68468
UN07JUN01
H68467
UN06JUN01
OUO6075,00018DD 1928JUN012/4
25-13
101801
PN=81
ZX018981
UN15NOV99
Potentiometer (A) controls the response rate of the header raise/lower functions when in the automatic modes. Requirements: Engine running Road safety switch in field position Header drive enabled Operation: Press switch (B) to enable stubble height control. Press stubble height control button (C) to lower the header to the preselected position and to activate stubble height control. Then use response rate potentiometer (A) to adjust the rate at which header follows ground contours. Turn clockwise - Increase response rate. Turn counterclockwise - Decrease response rate.
APotentiometer, Response Rate Control (Automatic Functions) BStubble Height Control Enable Switch CStubble Height Control Activated Switch
OUO6075,00018DD 1928JUN013/4
101801
25-14
PN=82
H68470
UN07JUN01
H68469
UN06JUN01
ZX018979
Operation: Use response rate potentiometer (A) to adjust the rate at which header will react when being raised or lowered by switch (C). Turn clockwise - Increase response rate. Turn counterclockwise - Decrease response rate.
APotentiometer, Response Rate Control (Manual Functions) BStubble Height Control Enabled Switch CHeader Lift Switch
OUO6075,00018DD 1928JUN014/4
25-15
PN=83
H68471
101801
UN07JUN01
H68469
UN06JUN01
ZX018980
UN12NOV99
NOTE: If both Stubble Height Control and Return to Cut are enabled, activation button 1 will activate Return to Cut. Activation buttons 2 and 3 will be assigned to Stubble Height Control.
Height is controlled via the potentiometers on the cutting platform skids when in the range 0-250 mm (0-9.84 in.). Operation: Stubble Height Control mode can be activated only when: 1. A properly equipped header is connected to the combine 2. The engine is running 3. The road safety switch is in the field position 4. Stubble Height Control mode is enabled 5. The header engage switch is engaged
1Activation Button 2Activation Button 3Activation Button
OUO6075,00018D7 1928JUN011/2
25-16
PN=84
H68443
101801
UN07JUN01
H68454
UN06JUN01
OUO6075,00018D7 1928JUN012/2
25-17
PN=85
H68456
101801
UN07JUN01
H68455
Return To Cut
Return to Cut control allows the operator to select the position of the feeder house in relation to the combine and return to that position automatically. The system must be calibrated for each header that is used with the combine, (see Calibration Procedures section). Activation buttons 1, 2 and 3 located on the multi-function lever can be used for selecting three different header heights.
NOTE: If both Return to Cut and Stubble Height Control are enabled, activation button 1 will activate Return to Cut. Activation buttons 2 and 3 will be assigned to Stubble Height Control.
The Return to Cut control is controlled via the feeder house height potentiometer when in the range above 250 mm (9.84 in.). Operation: The Return to Cut mode can be activated only when: 1. A properly equipped header is connected to the combine. 2. The engine is running. 3. The road safety switch is in the field position. 4. Return to Cut mode is enabled. 5. The header engage switch is engaged.
1Activation Button 2Activation Button 3Activation Button
UN07JUN01
OUO6075,00018D8 1928JUN011/2
25-18
PN=86
H68443
101801
H68457
UN06JUN01
OUO6075,00018D8 1928JUN012/2
25-19
PN=87
H68456
101801
UN07JUN01
H68458
Header Width
Header width display and units for calibration For cutting platforms the header width will be displayed on the lower line of the triple display tachometer Units are meters for metric system and feet for English system For row crop headers the number of rows will be displayed on the middle line and the row spacing on the lower line of the triple display tachometer Row spacing units are mm for metric system and inches for English system Each pressing of switch (A) will reduce header width by 25 % (if equipped with cutting platform) or reduce the numbers of rows by one row (if equipped with row crop header).
UN06JUN01
If the header width is reduced, the arrows of the header width symbol (B) will face in the opposite direction (C). Pressing and holding switch (A) for 2 seconds will set the header width back to full width. Header width is also returned to full width whenever a stop count message is generated by raising the header.
NOTE: To set header width or harvesting threshold, (see Calibration Procedures section.
OUO6075,00018D9 1928JUN011/1
25-20
101801
PN=88
H68459
DIAL-A-SPEED
The operator enables the DIAL-A-Speed system by using button (A) in the Cornerpost display. The double arrow under the DIAL-A-SPEED icon (B) will appear on the display. The DIAL-A-SPEED system can be activated only when: The engine is running A properly equipped header is connected to the combine The header is engaged The header has been calibrated The operator activates the system by pressing one of the Header Activation Buttons on the multi-function lever. Arrowheads on each side of the icon indicate the system is activated. Manually raising the header will deactivate the system immediately if the Stubble Height Control system is also active. If DIAL-A-SPEED is the only system active, raising the header for 1.5 Seconds (adjustable) will deactivate the system. Pushing any of the Header Activation Buttons will reactivate the system. The operator disables the system by pushing the DIAL-A-SPEED Enable Button in the corner post display. If all of the above conditions have been met, the system will control the reel speed to the ratio selected. Rotating the DIAL-A-SPEED knob (located on the armrest control panel) clockwise will increase the ratio and counterclockwise will decrease the ratio. The larger the ratio number (C) selected, the faster the reel will operate with respect to combine ground speed. The selected ratio will be displayed numerically on the Cornerpost display.
OUO6075,00018DA 1928JUN011/1
25-21
H68835
UN03JUL01
101801
PN=89
Lateral Tilt
H46238
UN10DEC94
Lateral tilt maintains the horizontal header position relative to the ground. It uses sensors to determine height at each end of the header. Lateral tilt, tilts the header +/- 4 degrees to equalize the distances to the ground at each end of the header. If the combine is equipped with Stubble Height Control, they work together to maintain the closest position of the cutterbar to the ground. The system must be calibrated for each header that is used with the combine, (see Calibration Procedures section).
If the Return to Cut and Stubble Height Control systems are disabled, lateral tilt will still operate. If the lateral tilt system is disabled, Return to Cut and Stubble Height Control will still operate. Operation: 1. A properly equipped header is connected to the combine 2. The engine is running 3. The road safety switch is in the field position 4. Lateral Tilt mode is enabled 5. The header engage switch is engaged
OUO6075,0001978 1924JUL011/2
25-22
101801
PN=90
H68460
UN06JUN01
D
UN07JUN01
OUO6075,0001978 1924JUL012/2
25-23
H68462
101801
PN=91
H68461
UN06JUN01
NOTE: If both Return to Cut and Header Ground Pressure are enabled, activation buttons 1 and 2 will activate Return to Cut. Activation button 3 will be assigned to Header Ground Pressure.
Operation: Header Ground Pressure mode can be activated only when: 1. 2. 3. 4. The engine is running The road safety switch is in the field position Header Ground Pressure mode is enabled The header engage switch is engaged
1Activation Button 2Activation Button 3Activation Button
OUO6075,00018DB 1928JUN011/2
25-24
PN=92
H68443
101801
UN07JUN01
H68463
UN06JUN01
OUO6075,00018DB 1928JUN012/2
25-25
PN=93
H68456
101801
H68464
UN06JUN01
Use switch (A) to obtain desired reel fore-and-aft position and to obtain the reel height position. Press and hold one of the activation buttons 1,2 or 3 on the multi-function lever more than 2 seconds to memorize the reel position. Manually moving the reel with switch (A) on the multi-function lever will turn off the reel position resume function. Pressing the corresponding activation button will re-activate the system and the reel will move to the selected position. When harvesting conditions are such that more than one reel position is required, e.g., one position for down crop and one position for standing crop, the operator can store a reel position for each resume button and move from one reel position to the other by pushing and releasing resume buttons.
AReel Lift and Reel Fore/Aft Switch 1Activation Button 2Activation Button 3Activation Button
OUO6075,00018DC 1928JUN011/1
25-26
PN=94
H68466
101801
UN07JUN01
H68465
VISIONTRAKDisplay Module
The VISIONTRAK display module allows the operator to do desired calibrations and setups for the grain loss monitor. The module will display total grain loss as well as shoe and separator loss individually. The system will also display tailings volume and adjustable deck plate position (if equipped with this option).
AAdjustable Deck Plate Position (Optional) BTailings Volume Display Icon CShoe Icon DShoe Loss Display ETotal Loss Display FControl Keys GDeck Plate Position (Optional) HChopper Deflector Vane Position IAdjustable Chopper Deflector Vane Position JTailings Volume Display KSeed Size LSeparator Icon MSeparator Loss Display
OUO6075,00018DE 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,000026E 1908DEC001/1
25-27
101801
PN=95
ZX018673
UN12NOV99
ZX018672
UN26NOV99
Calibration Switch
Calibration switch is used to calibrate total grain loss based on the current loss levels of each sensor.
UN04NOV99
OUO6075,00013CC 1902FEB011/1
OUO6075,000026F 1908DEC001/1
OUO6075,00018DF 1928JUN011/1
25-28
101801
PN=96
ZX018679
UN04NOV99
ZX018676
UN04NOV99
ZX018675
ZX018674
Engine is running, Road safety switch (B) is in the field position Pressing the reel forward switch (C) opens the deck plates and pressing the reel aft switch (D) closes the deck plates. The deck plate position icon (E) and plate opening (F) (a decimal value between 0 and 9) will be displayed in the upper left-hand side of the display. Zero will be displayed with the deck plates at minimum position and 9 will be displayed with the deck plates opened to maximum position.
AReel Fore/Aft Switch BRoad Safety Switch CReel Forward Switch DReel Aft Switch EDeck Plate Position Icon FDeck Plate Opening
OUO6075,00018E0 1928JUN011/1
25-29
101801
PN=97
ZX018715
UN04NOV99
H68472
OUO6075,0000334 1908JAN011/1
25-30
PN=98
H68473
101801
UN07JUN01
ZX018716
UN04NOV99
OUO6075,00002D5 1915DEC001/3
If bar graph (A) does not go back into the acceptable loss range after slowing down the combine, disengage the header switch. The bar graph should zero (nothing shown on the bar graph) after running at high idle for 2 minutes with separator engaged and header disengaged. Engage the header switch and the bar graph should go back into the acceptable range.
ABar Graph
OUO6075,00002D5 1915DEC002/3
101801
25-31
PN=99
ZX018684
UN04NOV99
ZX018682
UN04NOV99
If the display continues to read full scale or empty, contact your John Deere dealer.
OUO6075,00002D5 1915DEC003/3
OUO6075,0000271 1908DEC001/1
25-32
101801
PN=100
ZX018701
UN04NOV99
ZX018777
Shoe Loss
Shoe loss will be shown by two adjacent vertical bar graphs (A) located to the left of the display area. A shoe icon (B) is displayed above the bar graphs.
AVertical Bar Graph BShoe Icon
AG,OUZXMAY,140 1917OCT991/1
Separator Loss
Separator loss will be shown by two adjacent vertical bar graphs (A) located to the right of the display area. A separator icon (B) is displayed above the bar graphs.
AVertical Bar Graph BSeparator Icon
AG,OUZXMAY,141 1917OCT991/1
25-33
101801
PN=101
ZX018687
UN04NOV99
ZX018686
UN04NOV99
Total Loss
Total loss will be shown on a vertical bar graph (A) located in the center of the lower portion of the display. When the graph is between the two horizontal lines (B) the loss is at the level for which it was calibrated. A summation symbol (C) is displayed above the bar graph.
AVertical Bar Graph BHorizontal Lines CSummation Symbol
AG,OUZXMAY,142 1917OCT991/1
OUO6075,0000272 1908DEC001/1
25-34
101801
PN=102
H52739
UN05MAR99
ZX018688
UN04NOV99
AVISIONTRAK Performance Monitor BSeed Size Switch CCalibrate Switch DShoe Activity Indicator EShoe Activity Indicator FCalibration Reference Number GSeed Size Indicator HTotal Activity Indicator ISeparator Activity Indicator JSeparator Activity Indicator
OUO6075,0001523 1921FEB011/1
25-35
101801
PN=103
ZX018717
UN26NOV99
1. Press switch (A) for the closest grain size. Seed size: Small size Flax Grass Millet Mustard Oats Rape Rice Rye
ASwitch
2. Adjust combine and header to an acceptable loss level for the particular crop and condition. Ignore the center bar graph at this time.
OUO6075,0000279 1908DEC001/4
101801
25-36
PN=104
ZX018718
UN04NOV99
OUO6075,0000279 1908DEC002/4
4. Pressing and releasing the calibration switch (B) will place the total loss display in the center of the acceptable area on the display (C). The bar graph shows the combine is operating at the total loss level that was acceptable to the operator in step 3. The center bar graph is now a visual guide the operator can refer to periodically to know when there is an increase or decrease in the total loss amount.
BCalibration Switch CDisplay
OUO6075,0000279 1908DEC003/4
25-37
101801
PN=105
ZX018719
UN04NOV99
NOTE: When the combine encounters a slug the middle bar graph will fluctuate upward (for about 1520 seconds) and will return to previous reading. Ignore these fluctuations.
OUO6075,0000279 1908DEC004/4
OUO6075,000027A 1908DEC001/1
25-38
101801
PN=106
ZX018720
UN04NOV99
H52743
AG,OUZXMAY,132 1916OCT991/1
Diagnostics Switch
Pressing and releasing the diagnostic switch will put the monitor into the diagnostic mode.
UN04NOV99
AG,OUZXMAY,133 1916OCT991/1
Enter Switch
Pressing and releasing the enter switch allows entry of data into the memory.
UN04NOV99
AG,OUZXMAY,135 1916OCT991/1
AG,OUZXMAY,156 1930OCT991/1
25-39
101801
PN=107
ZX018721
ZX018680
ZX018678
ZX018677
OUO6075,0001524 1921FEB011/2
101801
25-40
PN=108
ZX018988
UN26NOV99
ZX018987
OUO6075,0001524 1921FEB012/2
AG,OUZXMAY,123 1916OCT991/1
25-41
101801
PN=109
ZX018667
UN15NOV99
Control Switches
AEngine Speed BCylinder Speed CConcave Clearance DUp/Down Arrows (Display Line Select) EClock Select FFan Speed GFixed Feeder House Speed HEngine Hours/Separator Hours
AG,OUZXMAY,124 1916OCT991/1
AG,OUZXMAY,157 1930OCT991/1
AG,OUZXMAY,158 1930OCT991/1
25-42
101801
PN=110
ZX018723
ZX018722
ZX018668
UN15NOV99
AG,OUZXMAY,159 1930OCT991/1
AG,OUZXMAY,160 1930OCT991/1
OUO6075,00018E1 1928JUN011/1
AG,OUZXMAY,161 1930OCT991/1
25-43
101801
PN=111
ZX018726
ZX018776
UN26NOV99
NOTE: Reset the digital clock if the battery was disconnected or the battery switch was moved to OFF position. (see Calibration Procedures section).
ZX018725
ZX018724
UN04NOV99
AG,OUZXMAY,162 1930OCT991/1
AG,OUZXMAY,163 1930OCT991/1
25-44
101801
PN=112
ZX018728
ZX018727
UN04NOV99
Fuel Gauge
With key on, fuel gauge will move to right showing amount of fuel in tank. When only 11% of fuel is left in tank, the low fuel light will come on and the buzzer will sound four times every five minutes until fuel is added.
OUO6075,00018E2 1928JUN011/1
Three or four arrows are displayed for normal operating temperature. IMPORTANT: If the red ENG TEMPERATURE light on warning display panel comes on and the buzzer sounds, stop engine and check problem immediately.
OUZXMAG,0000784 1906SEP001/1
25-45
101801
PN=113
ZX022454
ZX018669
UN12NOV99
To display engine and separator hours, press the hour switch (D). The engine or separator hours along with the appropriate symbol will be displayed on the middle line. The hours will remain displayed for ten seconds or until another switch is pressed which will return the display to its previous mode. The middle and lower display will always show the last information displayed when the key was turned off. Either the middle line or the lower line of the display can be changed by the operator to display any data of his choice. The line that is currently active to change, will be shown by an indicator arrow (E) at the left side of the digital display. The appropriate arrow will be displayed when the operator pushes the up/down arrow key (F). Pressing the concave clearance, cleaning fan speed or the cylinder speed switches on the armrest will cause the digital display to display that function for 10 seconds after the function switch is released.
AUpper Line BMiddle Line CLower Line DHour Switch EIndicator Arrow FUp/down Arrow Key
OUO6075,0000345 1908JAN011/1
25-46
101801
PN=114
ZX018671
UN04NOV99
OUZXMAG,0000785 1906SEP001/1
25-47
101801
PN=115
ZX018752
UN12NOV99
Diagnostic Icon
Diagnostic icon, steady Diagnostic Icon (A) is on steady and a diagnostic trouble code is displayed on the three lines. This means a corrective action is immediately required. Do not operate combine until the problem is corrected. Diagnostic icon, flashing The diagnostic icon (A) is flashing continuously. This means a diagnostic code has been generated. Stop the combine when convenient and determine the cause.
AG,OUZXMAY,172 1901NOV991/1
25-48
101801
PN=116
ZX018757
UN12NOV99
ZX018756
UN12NOV99
4/4
3/4
The low shaft speed monitor shows with lights and a buzzer when chopper, grain separator, auger conveyor, grain elevator and tailings elevator are operating less than 85 percent of their designed speed.
If all the lights come on and the buzzer sounds, start engine, engage separator and header drive switches and run engine at fast idle. If lights continue to stay on, disengage separator and header switches and idle engine. Shut off engine, set parking brake and remove key, and (see Troubleshooting section). CAUTION: Shut off engine, set parking brake and remove key before working on combine. IMPORTANT: The sensors are not adjustable.
NOTE: The electric clutch and low shaft speed monitor are both on the same circuit.
To check operation of monitor, turn key to ON (do not start engine) and engage separator and header drive switches. All lights must turn on and buzzer must sound. If they do not, (see LOW SHAFT SPEED MONITOR TROUBLESHOOTING).
OUO6075,00018E3 1928JUN011/1
25-49
101801
PN=117
H68974
UN26JUN01
OUO6075,00014C2 1921FEB011/1
25-50
101801
PN=118
Calibration Procedures
When to Calibrate
The following calibration procedures must be performed before first use or when replacing any of the sensors. Concave Sensor Zero Calibration - conc Header Calibration - hdr HEADERTRAK Angle Sensor Calibration - tilt (Optional) Hydraulic Adjustable Deck Plate (optional) Sensor Calibration - dEc
NOTE: The condition causing the error must be corrected before the calibration can be continued.
If any errors occur during the calibration procedures, error codes will be displayed on the triple display tachometer.
OUO6075,00018E4 1928JUN011/1
AG,OUZXMAY,215 1913NOV991/1
30-1
101801
PN=119
Calibration Procedures
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL011/25
Press the diagnostic switch. dIA will appear on the Cornerpost Display 1.
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL012/25
30-2
101801
PN=120
ZX018729
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the up or down arrow switch to obtain the desired address. For example A00 appears on the Cornerpost Display 1.
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL013/25
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL014/25
Press the up arrow switch once. If diagnostic trouble codes are available A00 and codE will appear on Cornerpost Display 1. If no DTC is available A00 and nonE will appear on Cornerpost Display 1.
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL015/25
101801
30-3
PN=121
ZX019003
UN15NOV99
ZX019002
UN15NOV99
ZX018990
UN15NOV99
ZX019001
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
To read and record diagnostic trouble codes press the enter switch.
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL016/25
Press the up or down arrow switch to scroll through the diagnostic trouble codes. Record each control unit name Record each suspected parameter number Record each failure mode identifier
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL017/25
After all codes have been displayed, there is an option to clear these codes. Scroll to end of code list until CLr? is displayed.
UN15NOV99
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL018/25
Press the enter switch to clear codes. A00 and donE will appear on Cornerpost Display 1.
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL019/25
101801
30-4
PN=122
ZX019006
UN15NOV99
ZX019005
ZX019004
UN15NOV99
ZX018990
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
NOTE: Priority 1 codes cannot be cleared until the problem is solved.
Press back arrow switch three times to return to normal operation.
UN15NOV99
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0110/25
30-5
101801
PN=123
ZX019007
Calibration Procedures
E04
A00
C00
C03
E00
E01
E02 E03 E04
tilt
dec
Header Calibration
Up & Down Arrow to change address CAL to change digit Enter to set
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0111/25
30-6
PN=124
H69515
Calibration Procedures
A00 - Engine Control Unit Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Control Unit
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
SPN
91
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
97
97
97
100
100
105
105
FMI
09
01
01
03
03
04
04
10
13
17
18
03
04
31
01
04
00
03
Pri.
3
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
Description
Throttle input not valid or not received
Fuel pressure too low - less than 80kPa / 11.6 PSI (9540)
Fuel pressure too low - less than 300 kPa / 44 PSI (9880 STS)
Fuel Pressure Sensor (cc# 131) voltage out of range high (9880 STS)
Fuel Pressure Sensor (cc# 131) voltage out of range high - greater than 4 VDC (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Fuel Pressure Sensor (cc# 131) voltage out of range low (9880 STS)
Fuel Pressure Sensor (cc# 131) voltage out of range low. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
The rail pressure drops too fast when the engine is motoring and the high pressure pump is off. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Fuel Pressure Sensor reading is incorrect. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
During starting, rail pressure is not developed after a short time cranking. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Fuel pressure too low - less than 100 kPa / 14.7 PSI at low idle (9540)
Water in Fuel Sensor (cc# 136) voltage out of range high (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Water in Fuel Sensor (cc# 136) voltage out of range low (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Water is detected in fuel. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Oil Pressure Sensor is open after engine RPM is above cranking speed (9550, 9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Oil Pressure Sensor is closed when engine is not running (9550, 9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Engine Manifold Air Temperature above 100C / 212F. (9540))
Engine Manifold Air Temperature Sensor voltage is out of range high. The device or wiring is faulty. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Engine Manifold Air Temperature Sensor voltage is out of range low (less than 0.1 VDC). The device or wiring is faulty. (9540, 9550)
Engine Manifold Air Temperature Sensor voltage is out of range low. The device or wiring is faulty. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Engine Manifold Air temperature above 88C / 190F (moderately severe level). Maximum power level is derated. Power boost is disabled. (9550, 9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Air Filter Restricted Switch indicates a plugged air filter. (9550, 9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
A00
A00
105
105
04
04
2
2
A00
105
16
A00
107
00
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0112/25
101801
30-7
PN=125
Calibration Procedures
Control Unit
A00
SPN
110
FMI
00
Pri.
1
Description
Engine coolant temperature above 115C / 240F (most severe level). Maximum power level is derated. Power boost is disabled. (9550, 9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor voltage is out of range high (greater than 4.975 VDC). The device or wiring is faulty. (9540)
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor voltage is out of range high. The device or wiring is faulty. (9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor voltage is out of range low (less than 0.05 VDC). The device or wiring is faulty. (9540)
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor voltage is out of range low. The device or wiring is faulty. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Engine coolant temperature above 100C / 212F. Maximum power level is derated. Power boost is disabled. (9540)
Engine coolant temperature above 110C / 230F. Maximum power level is derated. Power boost is disabled. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Coolant level low. Engine coolant temperature above 125C / 257F. Maximum power level is derated. Power boost is disabled. (9550, 9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Controller not powered down properly. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Engine fuel temperature is too high (greater than 75C / 167F). Injector pump may be damaged because hot fuel loses its lubrication properties. (9540)
Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor voltage is out of range high. The device or wiring is faulty. Injector pump may be damaged because hot fuel loses its lubrication properties. (9550, 9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor voltage is out of range low. The device or wiring is faulty. Injector pump may be damaged because hot fuel loses its lubrication properties. (9550, 9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Engine fuel temperature above normal range (greater than 65C / 149F). Maximum power level and power boost are derated. (9540)
Engine fuel temperature above normal range (greater than 65C / 149F). Maximum power level and power boost are derated. (9550, 9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Engine fuel temperature above normal range (greater than 73C / 163F). Maximum power level and power boost are derated. (9540)
Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor is out of range. Maximum power level and power boost are derated. (9540)
Low fuel pressure (9540)
Engine over-speed (greater than 2800 RPM). (9540)
Engine speed too high (greater than 2800 RPM). Engine Control Unit reduce fuel flow until speed is below 2200 RPM (9540)
The injector driver has detected a short to battery in the injector wiring. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
The injector driver has detected a short to ground in the injector wiring. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
All injector currents are out of specification. The injector pull-in current is too low or the injector hold-in current is incorrect. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
110
110
110
110
110
110
111
03
03
04
04
16
16
01
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
A00
A00
A00
158
174
174
17
00
03
2
2
2
A00
174
04
A00
A00
174
174
15
16
2
2
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
174
174
189
190
190
611
611
627
16
31
00
00
16
03
04
01
1
2
3
1
3
1
1
2
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0113/25
101801
30-8
PN=126
Calibration Procedures
Control Unit
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
SPN
627
629
632
632
636
636
636
637
637
637
637
651
651
651
652
652
652
653
653
653
654
654
654
655
FMI
04
19
02
05
02
08
10
02
07
08
10
05
06
07
05
06
07
05
06
07
05
06
07
05
Pri.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Description
Engine Control Unit Power (cc# 042) missing at Engine Control Unit while Electronic Power (cc# 021) is on. (9540)
Engine Control Unit not receiving messages from Pump. (9540)
Fuel shutoff error condition detected. (9540)
The Engine Control Unit does not detect a change in engine speed after the Key Switch is turned off. Fuel shutoff not functioning correctly. (9540)
Electrical noise detected on Event Sensor + (cc# 172) and/or Event Sensor - (cc# 173) (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Event Sensor signal is missing (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Event Sensor signal has incorrect pulse pattern (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Electrical noise detected on Event Sensor + (cc# 174) and/or Event Sensor - (cc# 175) (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Position relationship between Engine Speed Sensor and Event Sensor not correct (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Engine Speed Sensor signal is missing (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Engine Speed Sensor signal has incorrect pulse pattern (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
The current to Injector #1 is less than expected. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
The current to Injector #1 increases too rapidly. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
The fuel flow to cylinder #1 is lower than expected. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
The current to Injector #2 is less than expected. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
The current to Injector #2 increases too rapidly. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
The fuel flow to cylinder #2 is lower than expected. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
The current to Injector #3 is less than expected. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
The current to Injector #3 increases too rapidly. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
The fuel flow to cylinder #3 is lower than expected. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
The current to Injector #4 is less than expected. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
The current to Injector #4 increases too rapidly. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
The fuel flow to cylinder #4 is lower than expected. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
The current to Injector #5 is less than expected. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0114/25
101801
30-9
PN=127
Calibration Procedures
Control Unit
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
SPN
655
655
656
656
656
729
729
1076
FMI
06
07
05
06
07
03
05
02
Pri.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Description
The current to Injector #5 increases too rapidly. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
The fuel flow to cylinder #5 is lower than expected. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
The current to Injector #6 is less than expected. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
The current to Injector #6 increases too rapidly. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
The fuel flow to cylinder #6 is lower than expected. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Inlet Air Heater Relay Output (cc# 189) is high when Engine Control Unit is not energizing the Inlet Air Heater Relay. (9540)
Inlet Air Heater Relay Output (cc# 189) is low when Engine Control Unit is energizing the Inlet Air Heater Relay. (9540)
The High Pressure Solenoid within the pump is continuously energized, the Pump Control Unit is unable to detect closure of the High Pressure Solenoid Valve or the internal pump speed sensor is broken. (9540)
The High Pressure Solenoid Valve is closed when the Engine Control Unit is commanding the Pump Control Unit to stop delivering fuel. (9540)
The Pump Control Unit senses an abnormal voltage on Pump Power (cc# 061). (9540)
The Pump Control Unit detects an error during a self test. (9540)
The Pump Control Unit is not receiving any ECU/CAN messages while detecting a signal on Crank Speed Out (cc# 187). (9540)
Injection Pump initiated engine protection due to Diagnostic Trouble Code 174.31, 1076.02, 1077.12, 1078.07 or 1078.31. Engine will derate. (9540)
The Pump Control Unit receives a crank signal from the Engine Control Unit that is moderately different than the internal timing within the Pump. Engine will be derated. (9540)
The Engine Control Unit detects a difference between the internal pump timing and engine speed. (9540)
The Pump Control Unit receives a crank signal from the Engine Control Unit that is extremely different than the internal timing within the Pump. Engine will be derated. (9540)
Sensor Supply Voltage 1 (cc# 131) too high (greater than 4.95 VDC). (9540)
Sensor Supply Voltage 1 (cc# 131) too low (less than 4.0 VDC). (9540)
Rail Pressure Sensor Power (cc# 721) voltage too high. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Rail Pressure Sensor Power (cc# 721) voltage too low. (9540)
Rail Pressure Sensor Power (cc# 721) voltage too low. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Driver detects problem in circuit to Pump Solenoid 1 Low (cc# 178). (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Rail Pressure Control is unable to match required rail pressure. It may bee too high or too low. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Pump Solenoid 1 is not delivering expected fuel flow. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Driver detects problem in circuit to Pump Solenoid 2 Low (cc# 179). (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
A00
1077
1077
1077
1077
1077
1078
1078
1078
1079
1079
1080
1080
1080
1347
1347
1347
1348
07
11
12
19
31
07
11
31
03
04
03
04
04
05
07
10
05
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
3
1
3
1
2
2
2
2
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0115/25
101801
30-10
PN=128
Calibration Procedures
Control Unit
A00
A00
A00
SPN
1348
1485
1569
FMI
10
02
31
Pri.
2
2
2
Description
Pump Solenoid 2 is not delivering expected fuel flow. (9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS)
Pump Power (cc# 061) is powered when Engine Control Unit is off. (9540)
Engine protection - power derated due to other faults. This code occurs in conjunction with 105.16, 110.00, 110.03, 110.04, and 110.16. (9550, 9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
Engine Control Unit security violation. (9540, 9550, 9650, 9650CTS 9650STS, 9750STS, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS, 9880 STS)
A00
2000
13
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0116/25
30-11
101801
PN=129
Calibration Procedures
C00 - Armrest Control Unit Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Control Unit
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
SPN
158
170
170
172
172
190
605
FMI
04
03
04
03
04
09
04
Pri.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Description
Control Circuit Power (cc# 023) is below 10.5 VDC.
CLIMATRAK Inlet Air Temperature Sensor voltage too high - greater than 4.8 VDC. Indicates that the sensor resistance is greater than 60K (-22F or -30C).
CLIMATRAK Inlet Air Temperature Sensor voltage too low - less than 0.1 VDC. Indicates that the sensor resistance is less than 50 (293F or 145C).
CLIMATRAK Ambient Air Temperature Sensor voltage too high - greater than 4.8 VDC. Indicates that the sensor resistance is greater than 60K (-22F or -30C).
CLIMATRAK Ambient Air Temperature Sensor voltage too low - less than 0.1 VDC. Indicates that the sensor resistance is less than 50 (293F or 145C).
CAN Bus message missing from Engine Control Unit - Engine Speed
CLIMATRAK Lo Pressure Switch (cc#914) is 12VDC. A CAN Bus message from the Left Control Unit indicates that the CLIMATRAK Hi Pressure Switch (cc#915) is 0VDC. The CLIMATRAK Hi Pressure Switch is open or there is a harness problem.
Delayed Power (cc# 006) voltage is above 16 VDC. High voltage situation must be resolved.
Delayed Power (cc# 006) is below 10.5 VDC.
Controller cannot exit boot block program. Reprogram controller with SERVICE ADVISOR or replace.
Controller failed EEPROM test at power-up. Replace Armrest Control Unit if condition persists.
CAN Bus messages are not being transmitted or received correctly. Possible effects are none, slow response, or machine down.
CAN Bus message from Left Control Unit indicates that CLIMATRAK Clutch Signal (cc# 913) is 12VDC. CLIMATRAK Lo Pressure Switch (cc# 914) is 0VDC. The CLIMATRAK Lo Pressure Switch is open or there is a harness problem.
Backshaft speed unknown. Damage could occur to feederhouse if direction is changed while feederhouse is turning. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
The header engage output transistor detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Armrest Control Unit will disengage the header. The fault condition must be removed before the header can be engaged.
The separator engage output transistor detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Armrest Control Unit will disengage the separator. The fault condition must be removed before the separator can be engaged.
The Separator Engage fault detection circuit indicates a failure. This is an important disengagement override system. Replace the Armrest Control Unit if condition persists.
The Seat Switch has been closed continuously for 6 hours. The switch or the wiring harness is shorted. The header will not disengage when the operator has left the seat. This must be corrected.
HEADERTRAK Sensitivity Adjust voltage is too high - greater than 4.5 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
HEADERTRAK Sensitivity Adjust voltage is too low - less than 0.5 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
HEADERTRAK Rate Adjust voltage is too high - greater than 4.5 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
627
627
628
630
639
875
03
04
12
11
19
04
1
3
1
1
3
3
C00
C00
1490
1498
08
11
2
3
C00
1499
11
C00
C00
1499
1504
12
11
2
1
C00
C00
C00
1505
1505
1506
03
04
03
3
3
3
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0117/25
101801
30-12
PN=130
Calibration Procedures
Control Unit
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
C00
SPN
1506
1547
1547
1548
1548
1549
200011
200011
200017
200018
200201
200202
FMI
04
03
04
03
04
07
03
04
09
09
11
11
Pri.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Description
HEADERTRAK Rate Adjust voltage is too low - less than 0.5 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
CLIMATRAK Core Temperature Sensor voltage too high - greater than 4.47 VDC. Indicates that the sensor resistance is greater than 101K (-4F or -20C).
CLIMATRAK Core Temperature Sensor voltage too low - less than 0.1 VDC. Indicates that the sensor resistance is less than 52 (356F or 180C).
CLIMATRAK Outlet Air Temperature Sensor voltage too high - greater than 4.8 VDC. Indicates that the sensor resistance is greater than 60K (-22F or -30C).
CLIMATRAK Outlet Air Temperature Sensor voltage too low - less than 0.1 VDC. Indicates that the sensor resistance is less than 50 (293F or 145C).
CLIMATRAK Water Valve position is greater than 30% different than the commanded position.
CLIMATRAK Solar Sensor voltage is too high - greater than 4.8 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty.
CLIMATRAK Solar Sensor voltage is too low - less than 1.5 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty.
CAN Bus message(s) missing from Cornerpost Control Unit.
CAN Bus message(s) missing from Left Control Unit.
Separator Engage Switch inputs are incorrect.
Header Engage Switch inputs are incorrect.
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0118/25
30-13
101801
PN=131
Calibration Procedures
C03 - Cornerpost Control Unit Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Control Unit
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
SPN
96
110
110
110
110
111
190
190
627
628
630
639
1079
1079
1486
1486
1487
1487
1492
FMI
09
00
03
04
09
01
00
09
03
12
11
19
03
04
03
04
03
04
08
Pri.
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Description
CAN Bus message missing from Right Control Unit - Fuel Level.
Engine Coolant Temperature is too high - greater than 110C. (9450)
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor voltage is too high - greater than 4.9 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty. (9450)
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor voltage is too low - less than 0.1 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty. (9450)
CAN Bus message missing from Engine Control Unit - Engine Coolant Temperature
Coolant Level low. Engine Coolant Temperature above 125 C. (9450)
Engine Speed above normal operation range. (9450)
CAN Bus message missing from Engine Control Unit - Engine Speed
Delayed Power (cc# 006) voltage out of range high - greater than 16 VDC.
Controller cannot exit boot block program. Reprogram controller with SERVICE ADVISOR or replace.
EEPROM failed test at power up. Replace Cornerpost Control Unit if condition persists.
CAN Bus messages are not being transmitted or received correctly. Possible effects are none, slow response, or machine down.
Concave Position Sensor supply voltage high - greater than 5.5 VDC.
Concave Position Sensor supply voltage low - less than 4.5 VDC.
Concave Position Sensor voltage is too high - greater than 4.5 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty.
Concave Position Sensor voltage is too low - less than 0.5 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty.
Dimmer voltage is too high - greater than 4.5 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty.
Dimmer voltage is too low - less than 0.5 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty.
Cab interior backlighting output transistor detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Cornerpost Control Unit will turn off the backlighting. The fault condition must be removed before the backlighting can be turned on.
CAN Bus message missing from Master Tailings Sensor - Tailings Volume
A switch on Cornerpost Display Unit 1 is closed for longer than 30 Seconds.
A switch on Cornerpost Display Unit 2 is closed for longer than 30 Seconds.
A switch on Cornerpost Display Unit 3 is closed for longer than 30 Seconds.
CAN Bus message missing from Armrest Control Unit - Armrest Switch Status
CAN Bus message missing from Right Control Unit - Combine Temperatures
CAN Bus message missing from Right Control Unit - Grain Loss
CAN Bus message missing from Header Control Unit - Header Data
CLIMATRAK Temperature Setpoint Adjust voltage too high - greater than 4.5 VDC. Device or wiring is faulty.
CLIMATRAK Temperature Setpoint Adjust voltage too low - less than 0.5 VDC. Device or wiring is faulty.
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
1493
1500
1501
1502
1503
1510
1511
1515
1552
1552
09
11
11
11
09
09
09
09
03
04
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0119/25
101801
30-14
PN=132
Calibration Procedures
Control Unit
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
C03
SPN
1552
1553
1553
1553
1565
1567
100100
100101
100106
FMI
13
03
04
13
09
09
09
09
13
Pri.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Description
CLIMATRAK Temperature Setpoint Adjust not calibrated. Refer to Diagnostic Address C03-135 for calibration.
CLIMATRAK Fan Speed Adjust voltage too high - greater than 4.5 VDC. Device or wiring is faulty.
CLIMATRAK Fan Speed Adjust voltage too low - less than 0.5 VDC. Device or wiring is faulty.
CLIMATRAK Fan Speed Adjust not calibrated. Refer to Diagnostic Address C03-134 for calibration.
CAN Bus message missing from Armrest Control Unit - Separator and Header Engage Status
CAN Bus message missing from Header Control Unit - Control Mode
CAN Bus message missing from Left Control Unit - System Data
CAN Bus message missing from Left Control Unit 2 - System Data
A switch on Cornerpost Display Unit 4 is closed for longer than 30 Seconds.
SPN
190
628
630
639
FMI
09
12
11
09
Pri.
3
2
2
3
Description
CAN Bus message missing from Engine Control Unit - Engine Speed
Controller cannot exit boot block program. Reprogram controller with SERVICE ADVISOR or replace.
EEPROM failed test at power up. Replace the Master Tailings Sensor if condition persists.
CAN Bus messages are not received by the Tailings Master Control Unit in a timely manner. Possible effects are none, slow response, or machine down. Other Diagnostic Trouble Codes will indicate the lost message.
CAN Bus messages are not being transmitted or received correctly. Possible effects are none, slow response, or machine down.
Tailings system failure. Cause unknown.
Tailings system calibration is out of range high (sensor detectors are receiving too little light). Recalibrate. If situation persists, possible dirty sensor or failed sensor.
Tailings system calibration is out of range low (sensor detectors are receiving too much light). Recalibrate. If situation persists, possible missing elevator paddle or failed sensor.
Stuck photo receiver detected in Master Tailings Sensor. Clean master tailings sensor. If condition persists, replace sensor.
Master Tailings Sensor failure. Cause unknown.
Stuck photo receiver detected in Slave Tailings Sensor. Clean Slave Tailings Sensor. If condition continues, replace sensor.
Slave Tailings Sensor failure. Cause unknown.
Tailings elevator paddle missing
CAN Bus message missing from Right Control Unit - Seed Size
CAN Bus message missing from Armrest Control Unit - Header and Separator Engaged
E00
E00
E00
E00
E00
E00
E00
E00
E00
E00
E00
639
1493
1493
1493
1494
1494
1495
1495
1496
1511
1565
19
11
15
17
08
11
08
11
07
09
09
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0120/25
101801
30-15
PN=133
Calibration Procedures
E01 - Header Control Unit Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Control Unit
E01
E01
E01
E01
E01
E01
E01
E01
SPN
84
190
627
628
629
630
639
1079
FMI
09
09
03
12
12
11
13
03
Pri.
3
3
1
1
2
3
3
2
Description
CAN Bus message missing from Cornerpost Control Unit - Wheel Speed
CAN Bus message missing from Engine Control Unit - Engine Speed
Controller Supply voltage out of range high - greater than 16 VDC.
Controller cannot exit boot block program. Reprogram controller with SERVICE ADVISOR or replace.
Header Controller internal error.
System not calibrated (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS) or EEPROM failed test at power up. Replace the Header Control Unit if condition persists.
Multiple CAN Bus messages have not been received by the Header Control Unit in a timely manner. Possible effects are no effect, slowed response, or no response.
Height Sensor Power (cc# 481) voltage is too high - greater than 5.25VDC. Height Sensor Power is used to power the Return To Cut Sensor, Reel Fore/Aft Position Sensor, Deck Plate Position Sensor, Right HEADERTRAK Sensor, Center HEADERTRAK Sensor and Left HEADERTRAK Sensor. The voltage regulator of the Header Control Unit is bad or there is a short in the wiring.
Height Sensor Power (cc# 481) voltage is too low - less than 4.75VDC. Height Sensor Power is used to power the Return To Cut Sensor, Reel Fore/Aft Position Sensor, Deck Plate Position Sensor, Right HEADERTRAK Sensor, Center HEADERTRAK Sensor and Left HEADERTRAK Sensor. The voltage regulator of the Header Control Unit is bad or there is a short in the wiring.
Height Sensor Power 2 (cc# 471) voltage is too high - greater than 5.25VDC. Height Sensor Power 2 is used to power the HEADERTRAK Angle Sensor and the Header Raise Pressure Sensor. The voltage regulator of the Header Control Unit is bad or there is a short in the wiring.
Height Sensor Power 2 (cc# 471) voltage is too low - less than 4.75VDC. Height Sensor Power 2 is used to power the HEADERTRAK Angle Sensor and the Header Raise Pressure Sensor. The voltage regulator of the Header Control Unit is bad or there is a short in the wiring.
HEADERTRAK system not calibrated for currently attached header. Perform the calibration procedure.
HEADERTRAK - Ground Pressure system not calibrated for currently attached header. Perform the calibration procedure. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
Header Raise Pressure (cc# 706) voltage is too low - less than 0.25 VDC. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS).
Circuit codes 436, 487, 488, and 489 changed while the HEADERTRAK system was in the automatic mode. These are the header select lines that identify the type of header on the combine.
Header not connected or invalid connection. Circuit codes 436, 487, 488, and 489 are the header select lines that identify the type of header on the combine.
Cannot activate HEADERTRAK Stubble Height or HEADERTRAK Header sensors are not available.
Header raise valve driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Header Control Unit will not actuate the Header Raise Valve until the fault condition is removed.
Header lower valve driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Header Control Unit will not actuate the Header Lower Valve until the fault condition is removed.
E01
1079
04
E01
1080
03
E01
1080
04
E01
E01
E01
E01
1515
1516
1517
1518
13
13
04
02
2
2
2
3
E01
E01
E01
1518
1518
1519
07
14
11
3
3
2
E01
1520
11
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0121/25
101801
30-16
PN=134
Calibration Procedures
Control Unit
E01
SPN
1521
FMI
11
Pri.
2
Description
Tilt left valve driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Header Control Unit will not actuate the HEADERTRAK Tilt Left Valve until the fault condition is removed.
Tilt right valve driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Header Control Unit will not actuate the HEADERTRAK Tilt Right Valve until the fault condition is removed.
Reel forward valve driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Header Control Unit will not actuate the Reel Forward Valve until the fault condition is removed.
Reel Aft valve driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Header Control Unit will not actuate the Reel Aft Valve until the fault condition is removed.
Reel Raise valve driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Header Control Unit will not actuate the Reel Raise Valve until the fault condition is removed.
Reel Lower valve driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Header Control Unit will not actuate the Reel Lower Valve until the fault condition is removed.
Drop Rate valve driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Header Control Unit will not actuate the Drop Rate Valve until the fault condition is removed.
Accumulator Shutoff valve driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Header Control Unit will not actuate the Accumulator Shutoff Valve until the fault condition is removed. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
Reel Speed Increase driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Header Control Unit will not actuate the Reel Speed Actuator in the increase speed mode until the fault condition is removed
Reel Speed Decrease driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Header Control Unit will not actuate the Reel Speed Actuator in the decrease speed mode until the fault condition is removed
HEADERTRAK Return to Cut Sensor (cc# 828) voltage is too high - greater than 4.5 VDC. Faulty device or wiring.
HEADERTRAK Return to Cut Sensor (cc# 828) voltage is too low - less than 0.5 VDC). Faulty device or wiring.
Left HEADERTRAK Sensor (cc# 412) voltage is too high - greater than 4.5 VDC. Faulty device or wiring.
Left HEADERTRAK Sensor (cc# 412) voltage is too low less than 0.5 VDC. Faulty device or wiring.
Right HEADERTRAK Sensor (cc# 454) voltage is too high - greater than 4.5 VDC). Faulty device or wiring.
Right HEADERTRAK Sensor (cc# 454) voltage is too low - less than 0.5 VDC). Faulty device or wiring.
Center HEADERTRAK Sensor (cc# 414) voltage is too high - greater than 4.5 VDC. Faulty device or wiring.
Center HEADERTRAK Sensor (cc# 414) voltage is too low - less than 0.5 VDC. Faulty device or wiring.
Reel Fore/Aft Position Sensor or Deck Plate Position Sensor (cc# 834) voltage too high - greater than 4.5 VDC. Faulty device or wiring. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
Reel Fore/Aft Position Sensor or Deck Plate Position Sensor (cc# 834) voltage too low - less than 0.5 VDC. Faulty device or wiring. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
E01
1522
11
E01
1524
11
E01
E01
E01
E01
E01
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
11
11
11
11
11
3
3
3
3
3
E01
1531
06
E01
1532
06
E01
E01
E01
E01
E01
E01
E01
E01
E01
1533
1533
1534
1534
1535
1535
1536
1536
1537
03
04
03
04
03
04
03
04
03
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
E01
1537
04
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0122/25
101801
30-17
PN=135
Calibration Procedures
Control Unit
E01
E01
E01
E01
E01
E01
SPN
1538
1538
1539
1539
1541
1544
FMI
03
04
03
04
02
09
Pri.
3
3
3
3
2
3
Description
Reel Height Sensor (cc# 835) voltage too high - greater than 4.5 VDC. Faulty device or wiring. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
Reel Height Sensor (cc# 835) voltage too low - less than 0.5 VDC. Faulty device or wiring. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
HEADERTRAK Angle Sensor (cc# 833) voltage too high - greater than 4.5 VDC. Faulty device or wiring.
HEADERTRAK Angle Sensor (cc# 833) voltage too low - less than 0.5 VDC. Faulty device or wiring.
Reel speed unknown.
CAN Bus message missing from Armrest Control Unit - Multifunction Handle Switch Status
SPN
96
96
627
628
630
639
FMI
03
04
03
12
11
09
Pri.
3
3
1
1
2
3
Description
Fuel Level Signal (cc# 652) voltage is too high - greater than 1.96 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty.
Fuel Level Signal (cc# 652) voltage is too low - less than 0.12 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty.
Electronic Power (cc# 021) voltage is too high - greater than 16VDC.
Controller cannot exit boot block program. Reprogram controller with SERVICE ADVISOR or replace.
EEPROM failed test on power up. Replace the Right Control Unit if condition persists.
CAN Bus messages are not received by the Right Control Unit in a timely manner. Possible effects are none, slow response, or machine down. Other Diagnostic Trouble Codes will indicate the lost message
CAN Bus messages are not being transmitted or received correctly. Possible effects are none, slow response, or machine down.
CAN Bus message missing from Armrest Control Unit - Header Engage Status
CAN Bus message missing from Cornerpost Control Unit - Machine Configuration
CAN Bus message from Cornerpost Control Unit invalid - Machine Configuration
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (cc# 775) voltage is too high - greater than 4.97 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty.
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (cc# 775) voltage is too low - less than 0.29 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty.
Main Gearcase Oil Temperature Sensor (cc# 774) voltage is too high - greater than 4.97 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty.
Main Gearcase Oil Temperature Sensor (cc# 774) voltage is too low - less than 0.29 VDC. The device or wiring is faulty.
Chopper Vane Angle Sensor voltage is too high (above 4.97 VDC). The device or wiring is faulty. (cc# 781 in models 9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 CTS or cc# 782 on model 9880 STS)
Chopper Vane Angle Sensor out of calibration. Perform the calibration procedure. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
CAN Bus message missing from Armrest Control Unit - Discrete Input Status
E02
E02
E02
E02
E02
E02
E02
E02
E02
639
1498
1500
1500
1508
1508
1509
1509
1510
19
09
09
11
03
04
03
04
03
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
E02
E02
1510
1565
13
09
3
3
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0123/25
101801
30-18
PN=136
Calibration Procedures
E03 - Left Control Unit Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Control Unit
E03
E03
E03
E03
E03
E03
E03
E03
E03
E03
E03
SPN
190
627
628
630
639
876
1497
1500
1503
1515
200112
FMI
09
03
12
11
19
11
11
09
09
09
03
Pri.
3
1
1
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
2
Description
CAN Bus message(s) missing from Engine Control Unit - Engine Speed
Electronic Power (cc# 021) voltage is too high - greater than 15.5 VDC.
Controller cannot exit boot block program. Reprogram controller with SERVICE ADVISOR or replace.
EEPROM failed test on power up. Replace the Left Control Unit if condition persists.
CAN Bus messages are not being transmitted or received correctly. Possible effects are none, slow response, or machine down.
The CLIMATRAK Compressor driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition.
Unloading Auger Engage driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Left Control Unit cannot engage the auger until the fault condition is removed.
CAN Bus message(s) missing from Cornerpost Control Unit - Ground Speed and/or Machine Configuration.
CAN Bus message(s) missing from Armrest Control Unit
CAN Bus message(s) missing from Header Control Unit
12VDC is detected at the output of Grain Tank Cover Fold relay (K7) of the Control Relay Board when it is not energized. Indicates possible problem with K7 or Control Power (cc# 016) short circuit to 12VDC. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
12VDC is not detected at the output of Grain Tank Cover Fold relay (K7) of the Control Relay Board when it is energized. Indicates possible problem with K7 or Control Power (cc# 016). (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
The Unloading Auger Swing In driver or the Unloading Auger Swing Out driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Left Control Unit cannot swing the auger until the fault condition is removed.
HILLMASTER II Engage is not ON, but 12VDC is detected on the Sidehill/HillMaster Engage Signal (cc# 447) of the Left Control Unit. Possible problem with Left Control Unit or Sidehill/HillMaster Engage Signal (cc# 447) shorted to 12VDC
Sidehill/HillMaster Engage Signal (cc# 447) is not 12VDC when ON. Possible problem with Left Control Unit or Sidehill/HillMaster Engage Signal (cc# 447) wiring. When HILLMASTER is disengaged, the Diagnostic Error Code becomes a stored code.
The Combine Lower driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. The Left Control Unit cannot engage Combine Lower until the fault condition is removed.
The Left Brake Light driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. Only active in the ROAD mode.
The Right Brake Light driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. Only active in the ROAD mode.
The Left Marker Light driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. Only active in the ROAD mode.
The Right Marker Light driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition. Only active in the ROAD mode.
The Feederhouse Reverser driver detects an open, short, over voltage, or over temperature condition.
E03
200112
04
E03
200126
11
E03
200128
03
E03
200128
04
E03
E03
E03
E03
E03
E03
200129
200132
200133
200134
200135
200137
11
11
11
11
11
11
3
1
1
1
1
2
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0124/25
101801
30-19
PN=137
Calibration Procedures
Control Unit
E03
E03
SPN
200140
200141
FMI
03
04
Pri.
2
2
Description
12VDC detected on Power Ground (cc# 010) of Control Relay Board. Indicates problem with ground connections.
12VDC not detected on Unswitched Electronic Power (cc# 022) of Control Relay Board. Indicates problem with Unswitched Electronic Power connection, wiring or Fuse F20 of the Engine Compartment Relay Panel.
12VDC not detected on Light Power (cc# 014) of Control Relay Board. Indicates problem with Light Power connection, wiring or Fuse F18 of the Engine Compartment Relay Panel.
12VDC not detected on Control Power (cc# 016) of Control Relay Board. Indicates problem with Control Power connection, wiring, Fuse F8 or Relay K4 of the Engine Compartment Relay Panel.
12VDC not detected on Light Power 2 (cc# 046) of Control Relay Board. Indicates problem with Light Power 2 connection, wiring or Fuse F5 of the Engine Compartment Relay Panel.
12VDC not detected on Light Power 3 (cc# 047) of Control Relay Board. Indicates problem with Light Power 3 connection, wiring or Fuse F3 of the Engine Compartment Relay Panel.
12VDC not detected on Light Power 4 (cc# 048) of Control Relay Board. Indicates problem with Light Power 4 connection, wiring or Fuse F4 of the Engine Compartment Relay Panel. (9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680, 9780 and 9880 STS)
12VDC not detected on Fan Speed Adjust Power (cc# 051) of Control Relay Board. Indicates problem with Fan Speed Adjust Power connection, wiring or Fuse F11 or Relay K5 of the Engine Compartment Relay Panel.
12VDC not detected on Light Power 5 (cc# 049) of Control Relay Board. Indicates problem with Light Power 5 connection, wiring or Fuse F9 of the Engine Compartment Relay Panel.
Indicates a problem in the serial communication link between the Left Control Unit and the Control Relay Board.
E03
E03
E03
E03
E03
200142
200143
200144
200145
200146
04
04
04
04
04
2
2
2
2
3
E03
200147
04
E03
E03
200148
200149
04
11
2
2
SPN
190
627
630
1500
1503
200150
200151
200152
FMI
09
03
11
09
09
11
11
11
Pri.
3
1
3
3
2
3
3
3
Description
CAN Bus message(s) missing from Engine Control Unit - Engine Speed
Delayed Power (cc# 006) voltage is too high - greater than 15.5 VDC.
EEPROM failed test on power up. Replace the Left Control Unit 2 if condition persists.
CAN Bus message(s) missing from Cornerpost Control Unit
CAN Bus message(s) missing from Armrest Control Unit
Threshing Speed failed to reach commanded speed after 50 seconds
Threshing Clearance failed to reach commanded clearance after 30 seconds
Cleaning Fan Speed failed to reach commanded speed after 130 seconds
OUO6075,0001977 1924JUL0125/25
30-20
101801
PN=138
Calibration Procedures
OUO6075,0000286 1908DEC001/6
Press the up or down arrow switch until E01 appears on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000286 1908DEC002/6
OUO6075,0000286 1908DEC003/6
30-21
101801
PN=139
ZX018990
UN15NOV99
ZX018989
UN15NOV99
ZX018729
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the up or down arrow switch until 125 appears on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000286 1908DEC004/6
Press the enter switch. Input the desired value: The first available number of the value will flash (on middle or lower line depending on header type) Input for cutting platforms - meters for the metric system and feet for the English system Input for corn head spacing - mm for the metric system and inches for the English system Input for corn head - number of rows Press the up arrow and down arrow switches on the display to increase or decrease the value of the flashing digit When the desired value is flashing, press the calibrate button to move to the next digit Continue changing the value, one digit at a time until the desired value is shown on the tachometer Press enter switch to enter the new value into memory
OUO6075,0000286 1908DEC005/6
Return to normal operation: Press the back arrow switch on the VISIONTRAK monitor twice to return to normal operation Turn the key switch OFF The next time the machine is started, this calibration information will be used by the combine
OUO6075,0000286 1908DEC006/6
30-22
101801
PN=140
ZX018740
UN26NOV99
ZX018990
UN15NOV99
ZX018991
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Header Calibration
The header calibration procedure must be performed when a header is initially hooked up and when header height sensors or the pressure sensor are replaced. If the header has no height sensors, this procedure can be used to set the feeder house angle at which the header is on the ground, to calibrate the display for return-to-cut operation. See the angle sensor calibration procedure for calibrating the tilt angle sensor. Prepare Header For Calibration: Hook up header to the combine and ensure header harness is connected to combine harness. Check that the header height sensors are in working condition. Move the machine onto a level concrete surface.
OUO6075,000034B 1908JAN011/10
1- Press the diagnostic switch. dIA will appear on the triple display tachometer.
OUO6075,000034B 1908JAN012/10
2- Press the calibration switch. CAL and ACF will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,000034B 1908JAN013/10
101801
30-23
PN=141
ZX018730
UN25FEB00
ZX018729
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
3- Press the up or down arrow switch to access the hdr calibration mode. CAL and hdr appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,000034B 1908JAN014/10
4- The header may be moved with the header lift switch on the multifunction lever. Lower the header until it rests on the ground. Tilt the header if necessary so that the ends of the header contact the ground at the same time.
OUO6075,000034B 1908JAN015/10
5- Press the enter switch. hdr and Sr should appear on the tachometer. If the header has no height sensors and is being calibrated for the display for return to cut only, go to step 6. Otherwise skip the step 6 and go to step 7.
OUO6075,000034B 1908JAN016/10
101801
30-24
PN=142
ZX019024
UN25FEB00
H68476
UN07JUN01
ZX019018
UN25FEB00
Calibration Procedures
6- Press the enter switch. hdr and EOC should appear on the tachometer. Skip to the step 9.
UN25FEB00
OUO6075,000034B 1908JAN017/10
7- Press and hold the header lift switch (slow raise) on the multifunction lever. The header will slowly rise until the height sensors lose contact with the ground. After the header stops moving, the tachometer should display hdr and S-L.
OUO6075,000034B 1908JAN018/10
101801
30-25
PN=143
ZX019026
UN25FEB00
H68476
UN07JUN01
ZX019025
Calibration Procedures
8- Press and hold the header lift switch (slow lower) on the multifunction lever. The header will lower until it rests on the ground. After the header stops moving, the tachometer should display hdr and EOC.
OUO6075,000034B 1908JAN019/10
30-26
101801
PN=144
ZX019027
UN25FEB00
H68476
UN07JUN01
Calibration Procedures
9- Press the enter switch to store all end of calibration (EOC) values which did not have errors. If no errors occurred during calibration, the following will be displayed: EOC Er00 xxxx cylinder pressure during raise (kPa or psi) xxxx cylinder pressure during lower (kPa or psi) END
UN15NOV99
If any errors occurred during calibration, previous calibration values are kept and the following will be displayed: EOC Err END Press the back arrow switch twice to return to normal operation.
OUO6075,000034B 1908JAN0110/10
30-27
101801
PN=145
ZX018990
Calibration Procedures
OUO6075,0001528 1921FEB011/12
Press the diagnostic switch. dIA will appear on the triple display tachometer.
OUO6075,0001528 1921FEB012/12
Press the calibration switch. CAL and ACF will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0001528 1921FEB013/12
Press the up or down arrow switch to access the tiLt calibration mode. CAL and tiLt will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0001528 1921FEB014/12
101801
30-28
PN=146
ZX018741
UN15NOV99
ZX018730
UN25FEB00
ZX018729
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the enter switch. tiLt and L - dn will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0001528 1921FEB015/12
To establish the left tilt sensor setting: Press and hold the left side of the lateral tilt switch (A) until the feeder house rotates completely to the left. This establishes the left tilt sensor setting.
ALateral Tilt Switch
OUO6075,0001528 1921FEB016/12
Press the calibration button. tiLt and r - dn will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0001528 1921FEB017/12
101801
30-29
PN=147
ZX018744
UN15NOV99
H68477
UN07JUN01
ZX018742
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
To establish the right tilt sensor setting: Press and hold the right side of the lateral tilt switch (A), until the feeder house rotates completely to the right. This establishes the right tilt sensor setting.
ALateral Tilt Switch
OUO6075,0001528 1921FEB018/12
Press the calibration switch. tiLt and cntr will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0001528 1921FEB019/12
30-30
101801
PN=148
ZX018745
UN15NOV99
H68478
UN07JUN01
Calibration Procedures
Use the lateral tilt switch (A) to level the feeder house. For a visual indication of whether the header is level with the combine chassis, the feeder house is equipped with a manual indicator.
UN13SEP00
When the notch (B) is in the center of the rubber seal on standard combine, the header is approximately level with the combine body. When symbol (C) indicates the feeder house is horizontal but the notch (B) is not in the center of the rubber seal, adjust sensor cable. (See HEADERTRAK SENSOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT).
ALateral Tilt Switch BNotch CSymbol
OUO6075,0001528 1921FEB0110/12
OUO6075,0001528 1921FEB0111/12
101801
30-31
PN=149
ZX018739
UN15NOV99
H68479
UN06JUN01
H54617
UN14APR99
ZX022460
Calibration Procedures
Press the enter switch to store the calibration value or press the back arrow switch to abort the calibration (and not save values). Press the back arrow switch to return to normal operation.
UN15NOV99
OUO6075,0001528 1921FEB0112/12
OUO6075,0001529 1921FEB011/1
30-32
101801
PN=150
H68479
UN06JUN01
H54617
UN14APR99
ZX019057
ZX018734
Calibration Procedures
OUO6075,0000352 1908JAN011/9
Press the diagnostic switch. dIA will appear on the triple display tachometer.
OUO6075,0000352 1908JAN012/9
Press the calibration switch. CAL and ACF will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000352 1908JAN013/9
OUO6075,0000352 1908JAN014/9
101801
30-33
PN=151
ZX018990
UN15NOV99
ZX018730
UN25FEB00
ZX018729
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the up or down arrow switch until CAL and ACAL appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000352 1908JAN015/9
OUO6075,0000352 1908JAN016/9
30-34
101801
PN=152
ZX018990
UN15NOV99
ZX018992
UN25FEB00
Calibration Procedures
Display will show current machine threshold in the units shown on the corner post header display. Raise or lower the header to the desired position for the not harvesting signal to be generated.
UN16NOV99
OUO6075,0000352 1908JAN017/9
Press calibration switch to save the new position. New threshold will be displayed for 2 seconds, then EOC will be displayed. End of calibration (EOC) shows that the calibration was successful.
UN15NOV99
OUO6075,0000352 1908JAN018/9
101801
30-35
PN=153
ZX018739
H68476
UN07JUN01
ZX018995
Calibration Procedures
Press twice the enter switch to save the calibration values and return to normal operation or press the back arrow switch to abort the calibration (and not save values). Press the back arrow switch to return to normal operation.
UN15NOV99
OUO6075,0000352 1908JAN019/9
30-36
101801
PN=154
ZX018734
Calibration Procedures
OUO6075,0000354 1908JAN011/8
Press the diagnostic switch. dIA will appear on the triple display tachometer.
OUO6075,0000354 1908JAN012/8
Press the calibration switch until CAL and ACF appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000354 1908JAN013/8
30-37
101801
PN=155
ZX018730
UN25FEB00
ZX018729
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the up or down arrow switch to access the FLO calibration mode. CAL and FLO will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000354 1908JAN014/8
Press the enter switch to access the float calibration mode. FLO and HFL should appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000354 1908JAN015/8
While in this mode, the feeder house may be moved in open loop control. With the header lift switch on the multifunction lever, lower the header until the cutterbar is about 100 mm (3.94 in.) above ground level (the header must not touch the ground).
OUO6075,0000354 1908JAN016/8
101801
30-38
PN=156
H68476
UN07JUN01
ZX019020
UN25FEB00
ZX019550
UN25FEB00
Calibration Procedures
Press the calibration switch (the header must not touch the ground) to record the float calibration level. 103 and EOC will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000354 1908JAN017/8
Press the enter switch to store the float calibration pressure in the header controller. 103 and FCAL will appear on the tachometer. Press the back arrow switch twice to return to normal operation.
OUO6075,0000354 1908JAN018/8
30-39
101801
PN=157
ZX022507
UN13SEP00
ZX022463
UN13SEP00
Calibration Procedures
OUO6075,0000355 1908JAN011/9
Press the diagnostic switch. dIA will appear on the triple display tachometer.
OUO6075,0000355 1908JAN012/9
OUO6075,0000355 1908JAN013/9
30-40
101801
PN=158
ZX019017
UN15NOV99
ZX018729
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the enter switch to access the E01 diagnostic mode. 000 and E01 appears on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000355 1908JAN014/9
Press the calibration switch repeatedly to reach the float calibration mode. 103 and FCAL should appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000355 1908JAN015/9
Press the enter switch to access the float calibration mode. 103 and HFL should appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000355 1908JAN016/9
30-41
101801
PN=159
ZX019020
UN25FEB00
ZX019019
UN15NOV99
ZX020522
UN14MAR00
Calibration Procedures
While in this mode, the feeder house may be moved in open loop control. With the header lift switch on the multifunction lever, lower the header until the cutterbar is about 100 mm (3.94 in.) above ground level (the header must not touch the ground).
OUO6075,0000355 1908JAN017/9
Press the calibration switch. 103 and EOC will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000355 1908JAN018/9
Press the enter switch to store the float calibration pressure in the header controller. 103 and FCAL will appear on the tachometer. Press the back arrow switch twice to return to normal operation.
OUO6075,0000355 1908JAN019/9
30-42
101801
PN=160
ZX022507
UN13SEP00
ZX022463
UN13SEP00
H68476
UN07JUN01
Calibration Procedures
NOTE: If the sensor has been replaced, be certain concave and separator are clear of crop material.
Turn the key switch to run position or start the combine. Press the diagnostic switch. dIA will appear on the triple display tachometer.
OUO6075,00002C7 1915DEC001/7
Press the calibration switch. CAL and ACF will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,00002C7 1915DEC002/7
Press the up or down arrow switch until CAL and conc appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,00002C7 1915DEC003/7
30-43
101801
PN=161
ZX019551
UN25FEB00
ZX018730
UN25FEB00
ZX018729
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the enter switch, conc will appear on the upper line of the display. CLOS will appear on the second line of the display.
OUO6075,00002C7 1915DEC004/7
Zero setting: Press and hold the (-) symbol on the concave clearance switch until the concave is completely closed (clicking sound will be heard). As the (-) symbol is being pressed, the numbers in middle line of the display will decrease until the concave is completely closed.
H68480
UN07JUN01
OUO6075,00002C7 1915DEC005/7
30-44
101801
PN=162
ZX018732
UN04NOV99
ZX018731
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the calibration switch. Zero (0) will be displayed on the tachometer for 2 seconds, then EOC will be displayed.
OUO6075,00002C7 1915DEC006/7
Press the ENTER switch to store the calibration value or press the back arrow switch to abort calibration (and not save values). Press back arrow switch to return to normal operation.
UN15NOV99
OUO6075,00002C7 1915DEC007/7
30-45
101801
PN=163
ZX018734
ZX018733
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
AG,OUZXMAY,220 1913NOV991/6
Press the up or down arrow switch until C03 appears on the tachometer.
AG,OUZXMAY,220 1913NOV992/6
AG,OUZXMAY,220 1913NOV993/6
Press the up or down arrow switch until 122 appears on the tachometer.
AG,OUZXMAY,220 1913NOV994/6
101801
30-46
PN=164
ZX019009
UN15NOV99
ZX018990
UN15NOV99
ZX019008
UN25FEB00
ZX018729
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the enter switch.
AG,OUZXMAY,220 1913NOV995/6
Input the desired value: The first digit will flash Press the calibration switch The second digit will flash Press the calibration switch The third digit will flash Press the up or down arrow switch until a 1 appears on the tachometer Press the calibration switch The fourth digit will flash Press the calibration switch Press enter switch to enter the new value into memory
Return to normal operation: Press the back arrow switch on the VISIONTRAK monitor twice to return to normal operation Turn the key switch OFF The next time the machine is started, this calibration information will be used by the combine
AG,OUZXMAY,220 1913NOV996/6
30-47
101801
PN=165
ZX018734
UN15NOV99
ZX018993
UN15NOV99
ZX019010
UN16NOV99
ZX018990
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
OUO6075,0000287 1908DEC001/4
Press the calibration switch. CAL and ACF will appear on tachometer
OUO6075,0000287 1908DEC002/4
Press the enter switch. ACF and clr? will appear on tachometer.
OUO6075,0000287 1908DEC003/4
Press the enter switch to erase value and EOC will appear on tachometer for 2 seconds. Press the back arrow switch on the VISIONTRAK monitor once to return to normal operation.
UN25FEB00
OUO6075,0000287 1908DEC004/4
30-48
101801
PN=166
ZX019013
ZX019012
UN25FEB00
ZX018730
UN25FEB00
ZX018729
Calibration Procedures
OUO6075,0000288 1908DEC001/5
Press the calibration switch. CAL and ACF will appear on tachometer.
OUO6075,0000288 1908DEC002/5
Press the up arrow switch once. ACFt will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,0000288 1908DEC003/5
Press the enter switch. ACFt and clr? will appear on tachometer.
OUO6075,0000288 1908DEC004/5
101801
30-49
PN=167
ZX019015
UN25FEB00
ZX019014
UN25FEB00
ZX018730
UN25FEB00
ZX018729
Calibration Procedures
Press the enter switch to clear Field Total Area Counter. EOC appears for 2 seconds then CAL and ACFt will appear on tachometer. Press the back arrow switch on the VISIONTRAK monitor once to return to normal operation.
NOTE: Clearing Field Total Area Counter will also clear Field Area Counter.
OUO6075,0000288 1908DEC005/5
30-50
101801
PN=168
ZX019016
UN25FEB00
Calibration Procedures
OUO6075,00002E0 1915DEC001/10
Press the diagnostic switch. dIA will appear on the triple display tachometer.
OUO6075,00002E0 1915DEC002/10
Press the calibration switch. CAL and ACF will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,00002E0 1915DEC003/10
30-51
101801
PN=169
ZX018730
UN25FEB00
ZX018729
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the up or down arrow switch until CAL and the dEc calibration mode appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,00002E0 1915DEC004/10
Press the calibration button. dEc and CLOS will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,00002E0 1915DEC005/10
Sensor minimum setting: Press and hold the right side of the reel fore/aft switch (A) until the deck plates are completely closed.
AReel Fore/Aft Switch
OUO6075,00002E0 1915DEC006/10
101801
30-52
PN=170
H68481
UN07JUN01
ZX018748
UN15NOV99
ZX018747
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the calibration switch until dEc and OPEn appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,00002E0 1915DEC007/10
Sensor maximum setting: Press and hold the left side of the reel fore/aft switch (A) until the deck plates are completely open.
AReel Fore/Aft Switch
OUO6075,00002E0 1915DEC008/10
OUO6075,00002E0 1915DEC009/10
101801
30-53
PN=171
ZX018739
UN15NOV99
H68481
UN07JUN01
ZX018750
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the enter switch to store the calibration value or press the back arrow switch to abort the calibration (and not save values). Press the back arrow switch to return to normal operation.
UN15NOV99
OUO6075,00002E0 1915DEC0010/10
30-54
101801
PN=172
ZX018734
Calibration Procedures
NOTE: The sensitivity of the tailings elevator volume calibration is affected by the seed size selected for the grain loss monitor. The scaling of the tailings monitor can be altered through the diagnostic system on the corner post.
OUO6075,0000357 1908JAN011/1
30-55
101801
PN=173
ZX018685
Calibration Procedures
Turn the key switch to the run position. Press the diagnostic switch. dIA will appear on the triple display tachometer.
OUO6075,00014B7 1921FEB011/9
OUO6075,00014B7 1921FEB012/9
Press the enter switch to access the E02 diagnostic mode. 000 and E02 appears on the tachometer.
OUO6075,00014B7 1921FEB013/9
Press the calibration switch repeatedly to reach the chopper vane calibration mode. 115 and ICAL should appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,00014B7 1921FEB014/9
101801
30-56
PN=174
ZX022467
UN13SEP00
ZX022466
UN13SEP00
ZX022465
UN13SEP00
ZX018729
Calibration Procedures
Press the enter switch to access the float calibration mode. 115 and L - - - should appear on the tachometer. Press chopper vane adjust switch (A) to left-hand side to fully orientate the vanes to the left.
AChopper Vane Adjust Switch (Optional)
UN13SEP00
OUO6075,00014B7 1921FEB015/9
Press the calibration switch. 115 and - - - r will appear on the tachometer. Press chopper vane adjust switch (A) to right-hand side to fully orientate the vanes to the right.
AChopper Vane Adjust Switch (Optional)
UN13SEP00
OUO6075,00014B7 1921FEB016/9
101801
30-57
PN=175
H68483
UN07JUN01
ZX022470
H68482
UN07JUN01
ZX022468
Calibration Procedures
Press the calibration switch. 115 and cntr will appear on the tachometer. Press chopper vane adjust switch (A) to left-hand side until the vanes are centered.
AChopper Vane Adjust Switch (Optional)
UN13SEP00
OUO6075,00014B7 1921FEB017/9
Press the calibration switch. 115 and EOC will appear on the tachometer.
OUO6075,00014B7 1921FEB018/9
Press the enter switch to store the calibration value or press the back arrow switch to abort calibration (and not save values). Press back arrow switch to return to normal operation.
UN15NOV99
OUO6075,00014B7 1921FEB019/9
30-58
101801
PN=176
ZX018734
ZX022473
UN13SEP00
H68482
UN07JUN01
ZX022472
Calibration Procedures
Clock Calibration
The clock calibration must be performed when battery was disconnected or the battery switch was moved to OFF position. Preparations For Clock Calibration: Battery is connected Battery switch is in ON position
AG,OUZXMAY,203 1917FEB001/8
Press the diagnostic switch. dIA will appear on the triple display tachometer.
AG,OUZXMAY,203 1917FEB002/8
Press the calibration switch. CAL and ACF will appear on the tachometer.
AG,OUZXMAY,203 1917FEB003/8
Press the up or down arrow keys until CAL and cLc appears on the tachometer.
AG,OUZXMAY,203 1917FEB004/8
101801
30-59
PN=177
ZX018969
UN15NOV99
ZX018730
UN25FEB00
ZX018729
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the enter switch to access the clock calibration mode. cLc and 00:00 will appear on the tachometer and the first digit will flash.
AG,OUZXMAY,203 1917FEB005/8
Press the up or down arrow keys to adjust. Press the calibration switch, the second digit will flash. Continue in the same manner until the fourth digit will flash.
AG,OUZXMAY,203 1917FEB006/8
30-60
101801
PN=178
ZX018971
UN15NOV99
ZX018970
UN15NOV99
Calibration Procedures
Press the up or down arrow keys to adjust. Press the calibration switch. EOC will appear on the tachometer.
AG,OUZXMAY,203 1917FEB007/8
Press the enter switch to store the calibration value or press the back arrow switch to abort calibration (and not save values). Press back arrow switch to return to normal operation.
UN15NOV99
AG,OUZXMAY,203 1917FEB008/8
30-61
101801
PN=179
ZX018734
ZX018972
UN25FEB00
Calibration Procedures
AG,OUZXMAY,224 1917FEB001/4
Press the diagnostic switch. dIA will appear on the triple display tachometer.
AG,OUZXMAY,224 1917FEB002/4
Press the up arrow switch once. SEU and clr? appear on the tachometer.
AG,OUZXMAY,224 1917FEB003/4
30-62
101801
PN=180
ZX018997
UN25FEB00
ZX018729
UN15NOV99
ZX018752
Calibration Procedures
Press the enter switch to clear the service indicator. SEU and donE will appear on the tachometer. Press back arrow switch to return to normal operation.
UN02DEC99
AG,OUZXMAY,224 1917FEB004/4
30-63
101801
PN=181
ZX018998
Operators Station
Access Ladder to Operators Cab
The ladder can be positioned from the ground or the landing with lever (A). Swing ladder forward or rearward. The ladder will lock into place (3 positions). CAUTION: Do not ride or attempt to climb front or rear ladders while combine is moving. If the ladder latch appears loose, clean out the latch pin area. Do not use oil or grease in this area.
ALever
UN20FEB01
OUO6075,0001488 1920FEB011/1
AField Position BSmall Header, Ladder Extension or Duals Position CRoadway Driving Position for Long Ladder Extension DRoadway Driving Position
OUO6075,000003D 1924JAN011/1
35-1
101801
PN=182
H63874
UN09MAY00
H66509
Operators Station
AG,OUZXMAY,228 1918NOV991/1
OUO6075,0000063 1917NOV001/1
35-2
101801
PN=183
H52396
UN06JUL99
H52395
UN06JUL99
H57079
UN12MAY99
Operators Station
OUO6075,0001769 1930MAY011/1
OUO6075,000152A 1921FEB011/1
35-3
101801
PN=184
H65907
H67449
UN20APR01
Operators Station
OUO6075,000037B 1909JAN011/1
Manual Storage
Keep your manuals (A) and combine settings card (B) in the holder located on the rear cab wall.
AManuals BCombine Settings Card
OUO6075,0000064 1917NOV001/1
OUO6075,00013DB 1902FEB011/1
35-4
101801
PN=185
H66149
UN02FEB01
H60922
UN20SEP99
ZX018763
UN26NOV99
Operators Station
GREENSTAR (Attachment)
GREENSTAR yield mapping is a fully integrated precision farming package, which consists of a GREENSTAR display monitor, mass-flow sensor, moisture sensor and mapping processor.
OUO6075,000152B 1921FEB011/1
OUO6075,000168B 1903MAY011/1
35-5
101801
PN=186
H67763
UN03MAY01
H67762
ZX018765
UN26NOV99
Operators Station
Emergency Exit
Pull tab (A) to begin removal of rubber rope (B). Continue to pull until rope is removed from around window. The window can now be pushed out and allowed to fall free. See your John Deere dealer for window replacement.
APull Tab BRubber Rope
OUO6075,000037C 1909JAN011/1
AG,OUZXMAY,191 1901NOV991/1
OUO6075,0000068 1917NOV001/1
35-6
101801
PN=187
H52406
ZX018770
ZX018636
UN12NOV99
Operators Station
OUO6075,00018E5 1928JUN011/1
Cooling Compartment
The cooling compartment (A) is located behind the passenger seat and provides space for bottles etc. (e.g. two 1.5-L bottles).
ACooling Compartment
UN27APR01
OUO6075,000152C 1921FEB011/1
35-7
101801
PN=188
H67703
H67083
Operators Station
OUO6075,00015AA 1902APR011/1
35-8
101801
PN=189
H67068
UN02APR01
Operators Station
NOTE: The suspension can be adjusted to reach limits in the minimum and maximum heights which, in effect, locks out the suspension system, making it rigid. The suspension height control will also hit the limits if adjusted too close to the extremes.
The forward/rearward adjustment lever (C) allows the seat to slide forward or rearward for best working position. Seat bottom tilt control lever (D), allows the front of the seat cushion to be raised or lowered for the best working position. Attenuator lockout lever (E) locks out or releases the forward or rearward movement. Pull up on the lever to lock; push down on the lever to release. The forward/rearward adjustment lever (F) allows the seat bottom to slide forward or rearward for the best working position.
AVertical Shock Dampener Control BHeight Adjustment Knob CForward/Rearward Adjustment Lever DSeat Bottom Tilt Control Lever EForward/Rearward Attenuator Lock-Out Lever FSeat Bottom Forward/Rearward Adjustment Lever
NOTE: If the seat does not float or pump up, see your John Deere dealer.
The air seat also has the operators presence system.
OUO6075,00015A9 1902APR011/1
35-9
101801
PN=190
H67071
Operators Station
OUO6075,00015AB 1902APR011/1
AG,OUO1035,1395 1905JAN001/1
35-10
101801
PN=191
H57073
H67081
UN02APR01
Operators Station
OUO6075,000006C 1917NOV001/1
H01,9000OS,BX 1923AUG971/1
35-11
101801
PN=192
H59555
UN18AUG99
H52419
UN03MAY99
Operators Station
AG,OUO1035,637 1910MAY991/1
Brake Pedals
Leave brake pedals (A) unlocked for field use. Lock brake pedals together with lock (B) for transporting.
APedals BLock (Transport)
OUO6075,00016E7 1918MAY011/1
AG,OUZXMAY,193 1901NOV991/1
35-12
101801
PN=193
ZX018774
H68175
UN22MAY01
H59557
UN18AUG99
NOTE: The combine is equipped with exit lighting. Two head lamps (F) will remain on for 90 seconds after the lights are turned off, operator leaves the seat and the key is removed.
ADimmer for Cab Interior Lights BHazard Warning Lights CRoad Lights DField Lights ERear Lights FHeadlamps
UN12NOV99
OUO6075,00014A1 1921FEB011/1
HX,AG,SF6877 1923AUG991/1
40-1
101801
PN=194
H60932
UN04OCT99
ZX018780
H66162
UN21FEB01
Dimmer Switch
NOTE: If dimmer switch is in lowest or highest setting, combine exiting lighting will not be activated.
UN29SEP99 H60933
The dimmer switch controls the brightness of the following lights. For more light move switch to BRIGHT and less light move switch to DIM. Overhead Console Light (green light in the dome light assembly) Light Switches in overhead control panel Radio Right Hand Corner Post Right Hand Armrest Multi- Function Lever Mode Control Switch in overhead control panel Wiper Switch in overhead control panel
HX,AG,SF7325 1926JAN001/1
40-2
101801
PN=195
Warning Lights
The two position (on and off) warning light switch controls all warning lights on combine and the licence light.
UN12NOV99
When transporting on a road, position lights give warning to other drivers. These lights are located on both sides at the front and rear of the combine. CAUTION: Lights must be turned on when transporting. Road traffic regulations in some countries require that the hazard warning lights must be switched on whenever the combine is stopped at the side of the road.
AWarning Lights, Off BWarning Lights, On
40-3
101801
PN=196
H68363
UN31MAY01
H65912
UN24JAN01
ZX018781
Road Lights
The three position road light switch controls warning lights, instrument lights and turn signals when turn signal lever is used (middle switch position).
ARoad Lights, Off BRoad Lights, On CBeacon Lights On
OUO6075,00018E6 1928JUN011/2
101801
40-4
PN=197
H68363
UN31MAY01
H65912
UN24JAN01
ZX018786
UN26NOV99
The three position road light switch also controls beacon lights and road lights (top switch position).
Road Lights
40-5
101801
PN=198
H69021
UN03JUL01
ZX022479
UN13SEP00
H67694
UN26APR01
H67693
UN26APR01
NOTE: French combines will have two beacon lights on the front of the combine and two beacon lights on the rear of the combine.
Field Lights
The two position (on and off) field light switch controls warning lights, all headlights, grain tank light and unloading auger light. Unloading Auger Light Only operates when the field light switch is in on position and the auger is swung out at least 10 degrees. Grain Tank Light
Field Light Switch
UN12NOV99
The grain tank light operates with the field light switch.
AField Lights, Off BField Lights, On
All Headlights
OUO6075,00018E7 1928JUN011/2
101801
40-6
PN=199
ZX018792
UN02DEC99
H68556
UN06JUN01
ZX022480
UN13SEP00
ZX018790
The side finder lights are used when additional light to the sides is needed. These lights are controlled by the turn signal lever and operate only when the light switch is in either of the field light positions.
Side Finder Lights
These lights do not work when the flashing warning lights are on. Row Finder Lights Additional lights are available for better overall visibility of the ends of the header and for improved visibility in front of the header. The lights are attached to the left-hand and right-hand side handrails on each side of the cab.
Row Finder Light, R.H.
OUO6075,00018E7 1928JUN012/2
40-7
101801
PN=200
H65913
UN24JAN01
H65912
UN24JAN01
H65803
WORK
H52437
UN24MAR99
AG,OUO1035,1413 1905JAN001/1
H52439
UN24MAR99
H52438
UN13JUL99
OUO6075,000165C 1918APR011/1
40-8
101801
PN=201
H67585
Turn Signals
When operating combine on road or highway, use turn signals.
NOTE: The turn signals only operate in the warning and road light positions. The turn signals are not self cancelling so the lever must be moved back to neutral.
With light switch lever on (hazard or road position), warning light flashers will operate at 60 flashes per minute. When turn signal is set for right-hand turn, the right-hand warning light will flash 90 flashes per minute while the left-hand warning light stays on (not flashing). The opposite happens for left-hand turn.
NOTE: The indicator light on the steering column glows steadily and indicates a turn.
OUO6075,0001678 1926APR011/1
Exit Lighting
NOTE: If dimmer switch is in lowest or highest setting, combine exiting lighting will not be activated.
To allow the operator to exit the combine, two head lights will remain on for approximately 90 seconds after the road or field lights are turned off and the ignition key is removed. To illuminate the sides of the combine, the left or right side finder lights can also be turned on using the turn signal lever. The light will shut-off after 90 seconds. Exiting lighting is activated anytime when the road or field lights are used five minutes prior to turning off the ignition key.
OUO6075,0001750 1930MAY011/1
40-9
101801
PN=202
H68018
UN31MAY01
ZX018967
UN15NOV99
HX,AG,SF6884 1905NOV901/1
40-10
101801
PN=203
H42346A
40-11
101801
PN=204
H51689
UN28JAN99
H68020
UN16MAY01
H67103
H51687
OUO6075,00016B7 1915MAY011/1
40-12
101801
PN=205
H68023
UN16MAY01
H59562
H68022
UN16MAY01
H68368
IMPORTANT: Receptacles are powered whenever batteries are connected. Connect the service power receptacles to the wires provided.
These wires are located in the right-hand side wiring harness (A), the engine compartment (B) and left-hand side wiring harness (C).
OUO6075,0001972 1918JUL011/1
40-13
H69332
UN18JUL01
101801
PN=206
Prestarting Checks
Engine Oil Level
Before starting the engine for the first time each day: Check engine oil level. Do not operate engine when oil level is below low mark on dipstick.
NOTE: The oil should be checked with the dipstick pushed all the way into the holder.
Remove dipstick (A) and check oil level. Oil level should be between the ADD and the top of the cross-hatch area on dipstick. If needed, add oil recommended in the Fuel, Lubricants, Coolant and Capacities Section. Do not operate engine with oil level below the ADD mark on dipstick.
ADipstick
OUO6075,000004C 1924JAN011/1
45-1
101801
PN=207
H48132
UN24OCT96
H67106
UN09APR01
Prestarting Checks
Coolant Level
Allow engine to cool. Coolant level should be at the COLD mark.
HX,AG,SF6892 1902MAR991/1
45-2
101801
PN=208
H54080
UN19FEB99
H54082
UN19FEB99
H54081
Prestarting Checks
Fuel Level
Turn ignition on and check fuel level on the digital tachometer module.
Combine Models
9540, 9640, 9560, 9660, 9580, 9680
Capacity
700 L (185 US gal.)
OUO6075,000176F 1931MAY011/1
H52666
UN24MAR99
OUO6075,00018E8 1928JUN011/1
Fuel System
Draining water out of water trap (A) and engine filters. (See Service-Engine section). If dirty fuel has been used, change filter (B) before changing the engine fuel filters.
AWater Trap BFilter
OUO6075,00015B4 1902APR011/1
45-3
101801
PN=209
H67107
UN09APR01
H69333
UN18JUL01
Prestarting Checks
OUO6075,000152E 1921FEB011/1
Tires
Check tires daily for cuts or tears and obvious signs of low pressure. Measure the tire pressure at least once a week using an accurate tire pressure gauge.
INFLATION PRESSURE
Drive Tires
Tire Size Ply Rating/Code
kPa
24.5-32
650/75R32
650/75R32
650/75R32
30.5L-32
800/65R32
800/65R32
Air Pressure
PSI
39
44
58
58
32
29
44
16Ply
167 A8
170 A8
172 A8
16Ply
A8
172 A8
270
300
400
400
220
200
300
Steering Tires
16.5/85-24
18.4-26
480/80R26
540/65R30
540/65R30
8Ply
12Ply
160 A8
150 A8
150 D
190
290
320
300
240
28
42
46
44
35
45-4
101801
PN=210
Prestarting Checks
Lubricate Combine
Proceed according to the lubrication chart, (see Lubrication Charts, Periodic Service section).
OUO6075,000152F 1921FEB011/1
45-5
101801
PN=211
Prestarting Checks
Start Switch
CAUTION: Sound horn before starting engine to clear people away from the combine. To avoid the possibility of personal injury or death, start the engine ONLY from the operators seat. Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals. Combine will start in gear if normal circuit is bypassed. Start switch is located on right side of steering column. Key positions are:
First Position (O) .............................................................................. Off Second Position (I) ........................................................... Accessories Third Position (II) ............................................... Accessories and Run Fourth Position (III) ....................................................................... Start
When released, it will return to run or third position. If engine will not crank, check for: Multi-function lever in neutral Separator OFF Header OFF Auger swing switch in neutral Unloading auger OFF
ADecal
OUO6075,0001874 1922JUN011/1
45-6
101801
PN=212
ZX018660
UN26NOV99
The decal (A) on the storage box lid shows engine starting information.
H68449
UN06JUN01
Turn key to the fourth position to start. All lights on the warning display panel will come on.
OUO6075,000011E 1901DEC001/1
50-1
101801
PN=213
2. Move multi-function lever (B) to neutral. 3. Place orange engine speed control switch (C) in slow idle position.
UN07JUN01
4. Turn yellow header switch (D) and separator switch (E) off.
ABattery Main Switch (On) BMulti-function Lever CEngine Speed Control Switch DHeader Switch ESeparator Switch
OUO6075,00018E9 1928JUN011/4
50-2
PN=214
H68484
101801
H67695
UN26APR01
CAUTION: Sound horn before starting engine to clear people away from combine. To avoid the possibility of personal injury or death, start the engine ONLY from the operator seat. Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals. Combine will start in gear if normal circuit is bypassed.
5. Sound horn. Turn the key switch (B) to the on position. The buzzer will sound once due to low oil pressure. Start switch is located on right-side of steering column. Key positions are:
Key Positions
First Position
Second Position
Third Position
Fourth Position
UN16MAY01
Off
Accessories
Accessories and Run
Start
OUO6075,00018E9 1928JUN012/4
50-3
101801
PN=215
H68025
H54620
NOTE: Decal (A) on the storage box lid show engine starting information.
UN22JUN99
A
D
4/4
3/4
B
C
AHydro Charge Pressure BMain Gearcase Pressure CEngine Oil Pressure DParking Brake EAmber Voltage Light
OUO6075,00018E9 1928JUN013/4
50-4
101801
PN=216
H68035
UN31MAY01
4/4
3/4
Amber light (A) will momentarily come on if the batteries are in a low charged state and will stay on if the combine electrical system voltage drops below 10 volts.
8. For turbocharger lubrication, run engine at low idle for a few minutes before applying a load to the engine.
OUO6075,00018E9 1928JUN014/4
Warming up Engine
After engine starts, let it run at low idle for a few minutes to warm the oil before applying a load to the engine. All lights except the park brake must be out. If any other lights stay on, stop the engine and correct.
NOTE: If Stop Engine Code (1) is displayed - The Triple Display tachometer will stop normal function and the DTC will be displayed. This indicates a problem that requires the combine be stopped, the engine turned off immediately and the problem corrected. The Triple Display Tachometer will show the DTC until the problem is resolved. If the problem cannot be resolved, see your John Deere dealer.
HX,AG,SF6899 1905MAY991/1
50-5
101801
PN=217
H68036
UN31MAY01
Breaking-In Engine
The engine is ready for normal operation. However, extra care during the first 100 hours of operation will result in more satisfactory long-term engine performance and life. DO NOT exceed 100 hours of operation with break-in oil. 1. This engine is factory filled with John Deere Engine Break-in Oil. Operate the engine at heavy loads with minimal idling during the break-in period. 2. If the engine has significant operating time at idle, constant speeds, and/or light load usage, or makeup oil is required in the first 100 hour period, a longer break-in period may be required. In these situations, an additional 100 hour break-in period is recommended using a new change of John Deere Engine Break-in Oil and a new John Deere oil filter. IMPORTANT: DO NOT add makeup oil until the oil level is BELOW the ADD mark on dipstick. John Deere Engine Break-in Oil should be used to make up any oil consumed during the break-in period. DO NOT use PLUS-50 Engine Oil during break-in period of a new engine or engine that has had a major overhaul. PLUS-50 oil will not allow a new or overhauled engine to properly wear during this break-in period. 3. Check engine oil level more frequently during engine break-in period. If oil must be added during this period, John Deere Engine Break-In Oil is preferred. IMPORTANT: DO NOT fill above the FULL mark. Oil levels anywhere within the cross hatch marks are considered in the acceptable operating range. 4. During the first 20 hours, avoid prolonged periods of engine idling or sustained maximum load operation. If engine will idle longer than 5 minutes, stop engine. 5. After the first 100 hours maximum, change engine oil and replace engine oil filter. Fill crankcase with seasonal viscosity grade oil.
NOTE: Some increase in oil consumption may be expected when low viscosity oils are used. Check oil levels more frequently. If air temperature is below -10 degrees centigrade (14 degrees Fahrenheit) use an engine block heater.
OUO6075,000018F 1904DEC001/4
The temperature gauge needle should read in the black zone. If needle moves into red/orange zone indicating 115C (240F), stop engine and check problem immediately.
UN04MAR99 H52262
OUO6075,000018F 1904DEC002/4
101801
50-6
PN=218
NOTE: The oil should be checked with dipstick screwed all the way into the holder.
Remove dipstick and check oil level. Oil level should be between the ADD and the top of the cross-hatch area on dipstick. If oil level is below the ADD mark, add oil as needed. (See Fuel and Lubricants for oil recommendations). Watch for leaks. Do not operate engine with oil level below the ADD mark.
ADipstick
UN09APR01
OUO6075,000018F 1904DEC003/4
Check coolant level periodically. Watch for signs of leaks. Pour coolant into recovery tank to the COLD mark. Until you become familiar with the sound and feel of your combine, be extra alert.
UN19FEB99
OUO6075,000018F 1904DEC004/4
50-7
101801
PN=219
H54080
H59768
UN31AUG99
H67106
Watch engine temperature (A) and engine oil pressure (B). Check engine oil level (if needed, add John Deere Break-In Oil) and coolant level frequently and watch for any signs of leaks. Check engine air intake system hoses and clamps for tightness. Until you become familiar with the sound and feel of your combine, be extra alert.
AEngine Temperature BEngine Oil Pressure
3/4
OUO6075,00018EA 1928JUN011/1
TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company. PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company.
HX,STSOE,P 1922JUL991/1
50-8
101801
PN=220
H67113
UN02APR01
H67112
UN02APR01
H68037
UN31MAY01
Leave antifreeze in cooling system all year around. If coolant is lost or drained, it must be replaced with the correct coolant and conditioner (See the recommendations given in Fuels and Lubricants in this manual). To prevent mineral deposits, do not use hard water. The use of Liquid Coolant Conditioner is recommended to protect against engine and cooling system wear. Add .9L (one quart) to radiator when coolant is changed.
OUO6075,0000076 1917NOV001/1
50-9
101801
PN=221
RG4690
The combine is shipped from the factory with permanent type 50/50 ethylene glycol antifreeze in the cooling system.
UN14DEC88
H54080
UN19FEB99
OUO6075,00018EB 1928JUN011/1
50-10
101801
PN=222
H67698
50-11
101801
PN=223
TS204
2. Move multi-function lever (A) to neutral and stop header (B) and separator (C). IMPORTANT: Cooling of turbocharger and some engine parts is provided by engine oil. Stopping a hot engine might cause damage to these parts. 3. Before stopping engine that has been operating at working load, idle at least one minute to cool turbocharger. CAUTION: Remove key from switch and set parking brake before leaving the combine. 4. Turn key and all other switches off.
AMulti-function Lever BHeader Switch CSeparator Switch
HX,AG,SF6900 1924SEP991/1
Stalling of Engine
IMPORTANT: If engine stalls at operating temperature, restart it immediately to prevent overheating of certain engine parts. Before finally shutting off the engine, run at slow idle for 1-2 minutes.
50-12
101801
PN=224
H61169
UN04OCT99
H52673
OUO6075,00018EC 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,0001979 1925JUL011/1
OUO6075,0000053 1924JAN011/1
55-1
101801
PN=225
H60931
UN04OCT99
H69423
UN26JUL01
ZX002403
Brake Pedals
Leave brake pedals (A) unlocked for field use. Lock brake pedals together with lock (B) for transporting.
APedals BLock (Transport)
OUO6075,00016E7 1918MAY011/1
Engaging a Gear
Engage 3rd gear for road travel. For field operation: Select a gear according to working conditions (preferably 2nd gear). Do not use 3rd gear unless four-wheel drive is engaged.
UN26JUL01
3 2 N
OUO6075,000197A 1925JUL011/1
OUO6075,00018ED 1928JUN011/1
55-2
101801
PN=226
H68485
H69424
H68175
UN22MAY01
OUO6075,00018EE 1928JUN011/1
Raising Header
Raise header to highest position with header switch (A).
A
AHeader Switch
UN07JUN01
OUO6075,00018EF 1928JUN011/1
H68488
OUO6075,00018F0 1928JUN011/1
55-3
PN=227
H68489
101801
H68487
UN07JUN01
OUO6075,000007F 1917NOV001/1
It is always better to choose a lower speed range as this will give a more efficient hydrostatic drive performance.
OUO6075,000030E 1904JAN011/1
55-4
101801
PN=228
ZX019050
ZX019046
NOTE: Drive wheel torque depends on oil pressure in hydrostatic system. If the pressure requirement exceeds the pressure in the hydrostatic system, a relief valve will open and the combine will stop. As soon as the pressure requirement drops (i.e. a lower speed range is selected), the combine will travel normally again.
AG,OUZXMAY,259 1919NOV991/1
Transport Information
CAUTION: To reduce risk of electrical shock, no portion of machine should exceed a height of 4 m (13 ft 1 in.). Check local governmental regulations regarding driving or towing equipment on public roads. Use auxiliary lights and devices available from your John Deere dealer to warn other road users. The combine harvester can be transported on a flat bed truck or by towing. When towing, place the gear shift lever in neutral. Do not exceed a maximum speed of 25 km/h (15 mph). Do not exceed a maximum speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) German combines only.
OUO6075,0001575 1928FEB011/1
55-5
101801
PN=229
OUO6075,000039C 1911JAN011/2
Pivot and secure the access ladder in full forward position to reduce combine width. Use lever (A) to unlock ladder and swing to the full forward position. Switch on the lights, if necessary. Lower radio antenna. Close grain tank cover.
ALever
UN18APR01
OUO6075,000039C 1911JAN012/2
55-6
101801
PN=230
H67583
ZX000512
UN03APR95
A
UN21DEC00
NOTE: For best overall performance it is recommended that the 2-speed 4-wheel drive be left in the low (turtle) speed mode. This will allow the machine to operate at maximum torque capacity.
It is NORMAL for front wheels to lose traction and spin out before the rear wheels in most conditions. In extremely muddy conditions, it may be necessary to apply both brakes momentarily to increase hydrostatic pressure to the 4-wheel drive motors. If rear wheels are spinning excessively shift from 2nd gear to 1st gear.
OUO6075,00018F1 1928JUN011/2
101801
55-7
H65398
PN=231
OUO6075,00018F1 1928JUN012/2
OUO6075,00017FA 1914JUN011/2
101801
55-8
PN=232
ZX002420
CAUTION: Prevent collisions between other road users, slow moving tractors with attachments or towed equipment and self-propelled machines on public roads. Frequently check for traffic from the rear, especially in turns, and use turn signal lights. Use headlights, flashing warning lights, and turn signals day and night. Follow local regulations for equipment lighting and marking. Keep good lighting and markings visible, clean, and in good working order. Replace or repair lighting and markings that has been damaged or lost. An implement safety lighting kit is available from your John Deere dealer. Turn on warning lights, unless prohibited by law. Travel at a safe and reasonable speed, not to exceed 8 km/h (5 mph).
OUO6075,00017FA 1914JUN012/2
OUO6075,00015A6 1921MAR011/1
55-9
101801
PN=233
TS230
UN24MAY89
Trailer Hitch
CAUTION: Shut off engine, remove key, and set parking brake before hooking up trailer.
UN31MAY01
Attach trailer to hitch and secure with trailer hitch pin (B). Connect plug for trailer lights to socket (A).
ASocket BTrailer Hitch Pin
OUO6075,0001770 1931MAY011/1
OUO6075,0001786 1904JUN011/6
3. Adjust the rear axle to the smallest position. It is also required to attach steering cylinder (both sides) to position (E). 4. Drive combine on trailer and put multifunction lever in neutral. 5. Fold radio antenna down.
EPosition
UN18JUL01
OUO6075,0001786 1904JUN012/6
55-10
101801
PN=234
H69334
H67976
H68369
OUO6075,0001786 1904JUN013/6
OUO6075,0001786 1904JUN014/6
55-11
101801
PN=235
H61818
UN11NOV99
H42609A
OUO6075,0001786 1904JUN015/6
55-12
101801
PN=236
H65939
UN25JAN01
H68502
UN05JUN01
H65929
OUO6075,0001786 1904JUN016/6
OUO6075,0001771 1931MAY011/1
55-13
101801
PN=237
H68371
H65938
UN25JAN01
H68501
UN04JUN01
H65931
DX,RIM 1924AUG901/1
Tire Maintenance
Check tires daily for damage and noticeably low pressure. Long life and satisfactory performance depend on proper tire inflation. At least every 50 hours of operation, check tire pressure. If tires contain liquid ballast, use a special air-water gauge and measure with valve stem at bottom. A small puncture in a tubeless tire can be temporarily repaired without dismounting the tire, thus avoiding down time during a busy season. IMPORTANT: A permanent, inside-out repair should be made as soon as possible to prevent any further tire damage. Have cuts or tears repaired as soon as possible, or change tire. Protect tires from unnecessary exposure to sunlight, petroleum products and chemicals. Drive carefully. Try to avoid rocks and sharp objects.
OUO6075,0001752 1930MAY011/1
60-1
101801
PN=238
TS211
UN23AUG88
NOTE: Mount rear tires with the offset in and valve stems to the outside.
OUO6075,00019D9 1909AUG011/1
2. Use a 4 to 1 torque multiplier and turn bolt head 1/4 turn (ratchet or torque wrench will make a full turn). Pull multiplier lever against inside of wheel when tightening.
NOTE: If the combine is equipped with 100 mm (4 in.) wheel spacers, turn each bolt head 1/2 turn (ratchet or torque wrench will make two full turns.
AWheel Bolt BSocket, 30 mm (3/4 In. Drive) C4 to 1 Multiplier 1356 Nm (1000 lb-ft capacity) (13 mm (1/2 in.) Input Drive, 19 mm (3/4 in.) Output Drive) DLong Extension, 13 mm (1/2 in.) Drive x 457 mm (18 in.) ETorque Wrench FWheel
AG,OUO1035,1616 1924JAN001/1
60-2
101801
PN=239
H39319
H65941
Mounting Tires
CAUTION: Failure to follow proper procedures when mounting a tire on a wheel or rim can produce an explosion which may result in serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job. Have it done by your John Deere dealer or a qualified tire repair service. When seating tire beads on rims, never exceed maximum inflation pressures specified by tire manufacturers for mounting tires. Inflation beyond this maximum pressure may break the bead, or even the rim, with dangerous explosive force. If both beads are not seated when the maximum recommended pressure is reached, deflate, reposition tire, relubricate bead and reinflate. Detailed agricultural tire mounting instructions, including the necessary safety precautions, are available from your local tire manufacturer agents. IMPORTANT: Never operate combine with tires at shipping pressure. Keep valve caps screwed down on valve stems to prevent foreign material from accumulating in the valve core. Check tire pressure frequently, referring to tire pressure charts. Required pressure may vary as load changes with the installation of different header units.
60-3
101801
PN=240
Z20924
UN15AUG94
Changing Tires
IMPORTANT: When changing drive wheels, tire radius may also change. If so, the control unit C03 must be adjusted to the new tire radius. See your John Deere dealer for further information.
AG,OUZXMAY,265 1919NOV991/1
OUO6075,0001753 1930MAY011/1
AG,OUO1035,1615 1924JAN001/1
60-4
101801
PN=241
H39318
H65942
UN25JAN01
Wheel Offset
CAUTION: Avoid serious injury or death resulting from final drive failure and loss of drive wheel during transport or field operation. Do not exceed maximum wheel offset. IMPORTANT: Use only John Deere supplied wheels, tires and spacers. Use of non-John Deere components not meeting John Deere specification will void John Deere warranty. Do not use clamp-on style duals. They do not meet John Deere specification. Wheel offset distance severely affects life of final drive parts. When installing drive wheels, ensure that offset dimension (A) measured from spindle surface (B) to centerline (C or D) is within specification.
Maximum Wheel OffsetSpecification Single WheelDistance ............................................ 114.3 mm (4-1/2 in.) Dual WheelsDistance..................................................... 50.8 mm (2 in.)
B
UN30OCT00
Single Wheel
Dual Wheels
OUO6035,000004A 1917OCT001/1
60-5
101801
PN=242
H65048
UN30OCT00
H65047
Jacking Locations
CAUTION: Always empty grain tank before jacking up the combine.
UN22JUN99
Do not jack combine at any other location than those with a jack pocket.
60-6
101801
PN=243
H58396
UN22JUN99
H58395
Harvesting Hints
Choice of Harvesting Time
This combine can be adjusted to harvest almost any crop under most conditions. Become familiar with the following before beginning: The crop must be ready to thresh. Moisture content must not be too high and straw must not be too green. Grain with 12 percent moisture or less, and corn with 14 percent moisture or less, is considered dry enough for safe storage.
UN11OCT88
OUO1035,000024D 1920SEP001/1
Harvesting Tips
Adjust the combine for the crop being harvested and the field condition.
UN05MAR99
Use a ground speed that will not overload the combine. The engine must be at full rpm to keep the separator at full speed. Use ground speed for slower travel or shift to a lower gear, but do not slow down the engine. If the concave is set too close for the crop being harvested, the straw will be excessively ground up and more horsepower will be required to thresh the crop. If the concave is set too wide, the crop will not be completely threshed. After the concave is properly adjusted, the cylinder speed is then adjusted to achieve maximum threshing with the least crop damage. If crop damage does occur, do not widen the concave clearance. Instead, reduce the cylinder speed. Concave spacing in these crops has very little effect on seed damage. Crops, such as edible beans and peas, are easily cracked and can require the use of a special slow speed cylinder drive. When combining edible beans and peas, keep the combine full to provide enough material to cushion the crop against cracking.
OUO6075,0001985 1926JUL011/2
101801
65-1
PN=244
H52690
H39280
Harvesting Hints
Adjust precleaner openings with tool (A) to pass the grain or seed to the lower sieve in the first two-thirds of the chaffer without admitting too much coarse material. Adjust the precleaner to the minimum setting for all crops except corn. Use as much air as possible without blowing over clean grain and seed. Heavy crops require more air than light seed crops. When using a cutting platform, cut the crop as high as possible without loss of low heads. Adjust reel position and speed for even feeding. Keep the cutterbar in register and the guards in alignment for clean cutting. When harvesting corn, keep the corn head only as low as necessary for ears. Keep it centered in the rows to prevent ear loss. When harvesting soybeans with a row-crop head, keep the header as low as possible. When harvesting crops such as milo or sunflowers, operate the header just low enough to cut the heads from the stalks.
UN14MAY01
OUO6075,0001985 1926JUL012/2
65-2
101801
PN=245
H67978
OUO6075,00003B9 1911JAN011/1
70-1
101801
PN=246
Crops
The following crops are preloaded into the automatic combine adjust system. The operator may enter one modified crop for each of the factory installed crops. An additional five crops may be added as custom crops. They will be displayed as CROP 1CROP 5.
Crop
Wheat (Normal)
Wheat (Difficult)
Barley
BARLEY (Difficult)
Rye
Oats
Canloa
Grass Seed
Linseed
Peas
Soybeans
Sunflower
Corn (dry)
Corn (wet)
Rice
Lupin
Display (English)
WHEAT1
WHTDF1
BARLY1
BRLDF1
RYE1
OATS1
CANOL1
GRASS1
LINSD1
PEAS1
SOYBN1
SNFLR1
CORND1
CORNW1
RICE1
LUPIN
Threshing Speed
900
850
700
700
850
950
600
800
900
380
550
350
380
550
800
500
Concave Clearance
10
3
7
7
10
12
30
5
6
25
30
45
35
35
15
25
Chaffer Position
16
19
19
19
16
16
10
8
12
16
16
12
16
16
16
16
Sieve Position
6
6
6
6
6
6
5
4
3
10
10
6
11
11
6
6
Precleaner Position
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
10
10
3
0
OUO6075,00018F3 1928JUN011/1
70-2
101801
PN=247
OUO6075,00018F4 1928JUN011/1
70-3
H68821
101801
PN=248
UN01AUG01
F
G
3. Press the auto button (B). 4. Crop name (C) will be displayed as actual positions for threshing speed (E), fan speed (F), concave clearance (G) are being adjusted. The icon will flash until all positions are reached or adjusted manually. 5. Pressing the back button will stop the automatic adjustment.
B
AUp or Down Arrows BAuto Button CCrop Name DCrop Setting EThreshing Speed FFan Speed GConcave Clearance
OUO6075,000038E 1910JAN011/1
70-4
101801
PN=249
H65822
UN25APR01
2. To adjust to desired crop settings (D), the separator must be engaged, and engine at high idle.
Factory Crop 2 (WHEAT 2) and Personal CROP1 CROP5 Setting Changes (Automatic Calibration)
NOTE: Factory crop will be displayed as WHEAT 2, etc. Personal crop settings will be displayed as CROP1CROP 5, or a specified name. Personalizing the threshing speed, concave clearance, and fan speed will not override the factory one settings, because the system will automatically default to factory two settings.
1. To save crop settings using automatic calibration, the header is engaged, separator is engaged, and engine is at high idle. 2. Press cal button (A).
A
UN16JAN01
3. The text display will alternate between the crop name (B) and EOC. 4. Press the enter button (D) to save the current settings to the selected crop.
D
OUO6075,000038F 1910JAN011/1
70-5
101801
PN=250
H65823
Factory Crop 2 (WHEAT 2) and Personal CROP1 CROP5 Setting Changes (Manual Calibration)
NOTE: During harvest (separator engaged, header engaged, engine at high idle) the cal button must be pressed twice in consecutive order to begin manual calibration. Before harvesting pressing the cal button once will begin manual calibration.
1. Press cal button. Threshing speed (C) setting will flash.
C
NOTE: By holding the up or down arrow for more that four seconds the threshing speed will increase or decrease by increments of one hundred.
2. Press up or down arrow to increase or decrease threshing speed in increments of ten.
A
E
G
B
UN16JAN01
3. Press cal button. The concave clearance setting (D) will flash.
NOTE: By pressing and holding the up or down arrow for more than four seconds the concave clearance will increase or decrease by increments of ten.
4. Press up or down arrow to increase or decrease concave clearance in increments of one. 5. Press cal button. Fan speed setting (E) will flash.
AUp or Down Arrow BCalibration Button CThreshing Speed DConcave Clearance EFan Speed FEnter Button GBack Button or Abort
NOTE: By holding the up or down arrow for more that four seconds the fan speed will increase or decrease by increments of one hundred. NOTE: If calibrating the Factory 2 Crop settings pressing the cal button will advance to the threshing speed again, since the name cannot be changed.
6. Press up or down arrow to increase or decrease fan speed in increments of ten. 7. Press the cal button to move to the crop name settings. 8. The first character in the name will start to flash.
OUO6075,0000391 1910JAN011/2
101801
70-6
PN=251
H65824
OUO6075,0000391 1910JAN012/2
70-7
101801
PN=252
OUO6075,000168A 1930APR011/3
75-1
101801
PN=253
Beater Grate
Sieve Setting
Extension Setting
Alfalfa
Up
12 mm (1/2) in.
12 mm (1/2) in.
600-850
0-15
Removed
Removed
Up
900-1000
160-180
18-38
Removed
Installed
Up
950-1050
Closed
300-480
14-38
Removed
Removed
Up
950-1000
Closed
380-550
450-500
0-38
20-38
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Up
Up
700
800-900
Closed
Closed
Installed
Installed
Up
1050-1100
Corn (Shelled)e,
b
Installed
Installed
Up
1250-1300
Corncob Mix
Flax
Grass Seeds
a
b
c
600-800
680-960
670-980
30-50
0-15
0-10
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Up
Up
Up
900 and up
920
500-750
Removed
3 mm 1/8 in.)
3-6 mm (1/8-1/4 in.)
Before Setting concave, first determine average cob type for the field being harvested.
Never less than 6 mm (1/4 in.)
d
e
f
OUO6075,000168A 1930APR012/3
101801
75-2
PN=254
Beater Grate
Sieve Setting
Extension Setting
Up
Closed
10 mm (3/8 in.)
10-13 mm (3/8-1/2 in.)
10 mm (3/8 in.)
15-17 mm (5/8-11/16 in.)
16 mm (5/8 in.)
15 mm (5/8 in.)
15-17 mm (5/8-11/16 in.)
15-17 mm (5/8-11/16 in.)
16 mm (5/8 in.)
16 mm (5/8 in.)
15-17 mm (5/8-11/16 in.)
11-13 mm (7/16-1/2 in.)
15-17 mm (5/8-11/16 in.)
3 mm (1/8 in.)
5 mm (3/16 in.)
3-6 mm (1/8-1/4 in.)
5-7 mm (3/16-5/16 in.)
8-10 mm (5/16-3/8 in.)
10 mm (3/8 in.)
5-7 mm (3/16-5/16 in.)
5-7 mm (3/16-5/16 in.)
6 mm (1/4 in.)
6 mm (1/4 in.)
5-7 mm (3/16-5/16 in.)
5-7 mm (3/16-5/16 in.)
5-7 mm (3/16-7/16 in.)
10 mm (3/8 in.)
10-13 mm (3/8-1/2 in.)
15 mm (5/8 in.)
15-17 mm (5/8-11/16 in.)
19 mm (3/4 in.)
19 mm (3/4 in.)
15-17 mm (5/8-11/16 in.)
15-17 mm (5/8-11/16 in.)
19 mm (3/4 in.)
19 mm (3/4 in.)
15-17 mm (5/8-11/16 in.)
11-13 mm (7/16-1/2 in.)
15-17 mm (5/8-11/16 in.)
500-550
15-20
NA
NA
Up
950
Closed
630-980
0-15
NA
NA
Up
750
Closed
Oats
600-850
Removed
Installed
Up
900-1000
Closed
Peas (Field)
Popcorn
Rice
240-470
15-35
NA
NA
Up
1100
Closed
300-520g
(Rasp Bar) 650-800
(Spike Tooth) 600-750
670-850
500-650
600-800
20-40
0-20
NA
Removed
NAh
Removed
Up
Up
1200-1300
1000-1100
3 turns
Closed
Rice
0-20
Removed
Removed
Up
1000-1100
Closed
Rye
Safflower
Sorghum
0-20
5-20
10-35
NA
NA
Removed
NA
NA
Removed
Up
Up
Up/Down
1000
1050
1050-1150
Closed
Closed
Closed
Sunflowers 300-350
45
Removed
Removed
Up
950-1050
Closed
Wheat
600-900
0-10
Removed
Removed
Up
1000-1100
Closed
g
h
Increase by 10 increments
Install rear concave inserts should unthreshed losses occur. Rear concave opening may become blocked by husks.
OUO6075,000168A 1930APR013/3
75-3
101801
PN=255
920
922
925
Crop
BARLEY
BARLEY
FLAX
FLAX
OATS
OATS
RYE
RYE
SORGHUM
SORGHUM
SOYBEAN
SOYBEAN
WHEAT
WHEAT
62 (68)
51 (57)
317 (408)
260 (340)
50 (36)
41 (30)
113 (145)
93 (121)
59 (76)
49 (63)
10 (14)
9 (12)
55 (76)
45 (63)
68 (76)
57 (63)
349 (454)
291 (378)
55 (41)
46 (34)
125 (161)
104 (134)
65 (85)
54 (71)
12 (16)
10 (13)
60 (84)
51 (70)
75 (76)
62 (69)
383 (498)
320 (415)
61 (45)
50 (37)
136 (177)
114 (147)
72 (94)
60 (78)
13 (17)
11 (14)
84 (92)
55 (77)
82 (91)
68 (76)
418 (544)
349 (453)
66 (49)
55 (41)
149 (194)
125 (162)
78 (102)
65 (85)
14 (19)
12 (16)
73 (101)
60 (84)
These figures are approximate and vary with seed size and variety. Seeds are gathered directly behind the separator without a straw spreader or straw chopper.
OUO6075,0001999 1931JUL011/1
75-4
101801
PN=256
Row Spacing
914 mm (36 In.)
965 mm (38 In.)
1016 mm (40 In.)
Number of Soybeans
86
91
96
101
108
129
136
135
144
653A
654A
853A
The above soybean loss figures are based on approximately 2600 soybeans per lb. (0.45 kg).
HX,AG,SF6933 1920MAR901/1
75-5
101801
PN=257
H39605
NOTE: Chrome rasp bars are not recommended unless free of sharp or rough edges, nicks and abrasions.
Concave is leveled and proportioned to cylinder. Full set of inserts installed in concave. Second concave curtain option is recommended. Full set of straw walker risers. All elevator chains are properly tensioned. All augers are free from nicks, cracks and sharp edges.
Corn Head: All points level and adjusted for field condition. Stalk rolls in good condition. Trash knives adjusted properly. All gathering chains set with lugs offset. Deck plates in good condition and adjusted properly. Cross auger adjusted "up" and "forward". Cross auger has full set of paddles in good condition. Row unit drive sprockets set for at least a 1:1 drive ratio. Cross auger drive has a "slow down" sprocket (standard equipment on 90 series corn heads [660101 - ]).
HX,AG,SF6934 1915APR981/1
75-6
101801
PN=258
Kernels Per Square Meter (Foot) for One Bu. Loss Per Hectare (Acre)
443 711 mm (28)
762 mm (30)
493
444
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
12
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
8
8
8
8
8
5
5
5
4
5
5
7
7
7
6
7
7
8
9
10
762 mm (30)
914 mm (36)
965 mm (38)
1016 mm (40)
494
914 mm (36)
965 mm (38)
546
594
914 mm (36)
914 mm (36)
965 mm (38)
643
711 mm (28)
762 mm (30)
693
644 and 694
762 mm (30)
914 mm (36)
965 mm (38)
645
843
1016 mm (40)
711 mm (28)
762 mm (30)
893
844 and 894
762 mm (30)
914 mm (36)
965 mm (38)
762 mm (30)
These figures are approximate and vary with seed size and variety. Seeds are gathered directly behind the separator.
OUO6075,00018F6 1928JUN011/1
75-7
101801
PN=259
OUO6075,0001754 1930MAY011/1
75-8
PN=260
H57124
101801
H68048
UN16MAY01
Combine Cleanout
Cleaning Out the Combine
CAUTION: To prevent injury, never clean the combine with the engine running and the separator engaged. The following instructions are recommended when cleaning out the combine for certified seed crops or when transporting the combine inter-state. CAUTION: Block header safely so it will not move. Lower reel safety stops. Remove header from combine. Drive combine over end rows or bumps to jar and shake dirt loose. Stop engine, set parking brake and remove key.
UN07JUN01
Open or remove all doors and drain holes. CAUTION: Sound horn (A) to clear everyone from area. Stay clear of combine when discharging chaff. Start engine and let separator run until chaff stops coming out rear. Lower engine rpm to low idle and engage separator several times. The "jogging" of separator at low idle removes dirt from inside of cylinder. Move throttle to high rpm and run for a few minutes. Repeat cycle until chaff no longer comes out of the rear of the combine. CAUTION: Keep bystanders clear of combine when discharging chaff. Drive combine straight back 3 m (10 ft.) onto blocking so right-hand side is about 150 mm (6 in.) higher, or park on incline so dirt can run out. Stop engine and remove key.
AHorn
OP ST
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY011/19
101801
80-1
PN=261
H68490
Combine Cleanout
Set parking brake and block wheels.
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY012/19
CAUTION: When working with compressed air in dusty conditions, you must wear goggles and dust mask for personal protection. Air hose must have a 2 m (6 ft.) wand (end).
UN11OCT88
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY013/19
CAUTION: Stop engine, set park brake and remove key. Clean grain from under grain tank cross augers over to the sump.
UN03JUL01
Clean grain from edges of unloading auger sump to the bottom. Grain must be cleaned out from these doors as you are standing on the ground.
ACleanout Doors BCleanout Doors CCleanout Doors
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY014/19
Using a four meter (foot) air nozzle (A) insert one meter (foot) of the nozzle into bottom hole of the right hand primary support bracket (B) and blow material out. Continue inserting the nozzle one meter (foot) at a time and blow out the remaining material.
AFour Foot Air Nozzle BRight Hand Primary Support Bracket
UN19MAY99
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY015/19
101801
80-2
PN=262
H57343
H69028
H39607
Combine Cleanout
Release clamp (A) and open lower clean grain elevator door (B).
AClamp BLower Clean Grain Elevator Door
UN18FEB99
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY016/19
Loosen clamps (A) and swing grain tank window (B) up. Clean out area behind cab, around primary countershaft and over cylinder.
AClamps BGrain Tank Window
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY017/19
Remove panel in rear of grain tank and clean out this side of engine area.
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY018/19
80-3
101801
PN=263
H51794
UN15JAN99
H60952
UN04OCT99
H54048
Combine Cleanout
Open shield (A), cover (B) and swing ladder up. Clean entire engine compartment area, especially under engine and over condenser. Wipe up oil and grease.
AShield BCover
UN26APR01
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY019/19
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY0110/19
Clean radiator, oil cooler, condenser, and rotary screen from inside out. Clean off top of fuel tank.
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY0111/19
101801
80-4
PN=264
H68049
UN16MAY01
H67126
UN02APR01
H68047
UN16MAY01
H67700
Combine Cleanout
Open lower tailings elevator door (A). Remove wing nuts (B) and remove door at upper end of elevator. Clean down all sides of elevator and clean out cross auger trough.
AElevator Door BWing Nuts
UN15JAN99
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY0112/19
Remove cap screw (A) and turn handle to unlock door (B). Repeat on opposite side. Clean out chaff between cylinder and side sheets. Clean remaining chaff and seed from concave and cylinder. Also clean inside of cylinder. Clean upper tailings auger housing on the inside and the area around it.
ACap Screw BDoor
UN31MAY01
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY0113/19
80-5
101801
PN=265
H68052
H51786
UN15JAN99
H51785
Combine Cleanout
CAUTION: The feed plate seal, through normal operation, develops a sharp edge. Avoid bodily injury from contact with sharp edge when servicing this area.
UN16MAY01
Clean feeder house through top doors (A) and (B). Lift conveyor chain and let snap back several times while cleaning.
ATop Doors BTop Doors
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY0114/19
CAUTION: Stop engine, set parking brake and remove key. Lower safety stop before working under feeder house. Lower stone trap and feed plate. Clean areas out.
UN03JUL01
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY0115/19
80-6
101801
PN=266
H69030
H68053
Combine Cleanout
Remove conveyor auger door. Use scraper to loosen material, then clean out through the sides of the combine. Then clean off top of axle and transmission.
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY0116/19
CAUTION: When cleaning straw walker and beater area, cardboard, canvas, or carpet must be placed on top of walkers. Remove straw walker curtains, then clean walkers and power separator through inspection door. Clean deflectors at front of walkers and work your way to the rear. Clean between walkers and between walkers and side sheets and around crank bearings. Clean beater and its wings. Also clean between beater and shield on side sheet and inside of beater and wings.
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY0117/19
80-7
101801
PN=267
H68719
UN13JUN01
H67701
UN26APR01
H39612
UN11OCT88
Combine Cleanout
Remove sieve, chaffer and precleaner sections. Clean out chaff from areas where sides meet. Open sieve, chaffer and precleaner as far as possible and clean. Clean out tailings and clean grain auger troughs. Clean rear axle area.
UN04OCT99
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY0118/19
Remove lower shield (A) and clean out cleaning fan area. Clean header and platform equipment. See specific header or platform operators manual.
ALower Shield
OUO6075,0001772 1931MAY0119/19
80-8
101801
PN=268
H69335
UN18JUL01
H61008
Feeder House
Hydraulic Cylinder Safety Stop
CAUTION: Engine must be off, parking brake set and key removed.
UN21SEP89
Cracking of hydraulic line fittings to lower feeder house results in an instantaneous dropping of feeder house and header. Lower safety stop (A) onto hydraulic cylinder rod.
ASafety Stop
OUO6075,00018F7 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,0001965 1918JUL011/1
85-1
101801
PN=269
H69337
H69336
UN18JUL01
TS696
Feeder House
Loosen nuts (A), slide latches in and pull door (B) forward to remove. To access inside of feeder house, remove bolts and lift doors (C).
ANuts BDoor CDoor
OUO6075,0001800 1915JUN011/1
Remove cap screw (A) and turn handle. Repeat on opposite side. Pull on handles to unlock and remove door (B).
ACap Screw BDoor
OUO6075,0001787 1904JUN011/1
85-2
101801
PN=270
H68052
H68054
Feeder House
OUO6035,000006C 1909NOV001/2
If feeder house door is not sealing tight at (A) grain leakage could occur. Loosen cap screws (B) on both sides. Turn eccentric (C). Tighten cap screw securing eccentric. Tighten remaining cap screws.
ASeal BCap Screws CEccentric
UN18JUL01
OUO6035,000006C 1909NOV002/2
85-3
101801
PN=271
H69339
H69338
UN18JUL01
Feeder House
Stone Trap
CAUTION: Raise feeder house, lower safety stop, shut off engine, remove key, and set parking brake. A stone trap protects the cylinder and concave from damage. Raise feeder house, lower safety stop, shut off engine and remove key. To dump stone trap, move lever (A) up. Close by pushing lever down.
ALever
UN03JUL01
OUO6075,0001926 1929JUN011/1
OUO6075,0001804 1915JUN011/1
85-4
101801
PN=272
H66456
UN19FEB01
H66452
H69031
Feeder House
The chain should be no tighter than runner contact at center of the door opening. Do not over-tighten chain to make center strands as tight as outer strands. Center strands normally sag more because of weight of slats and upward force from crop material. Bent eyebolts indicate excessive chain tension or slug feeding. Out-of-round sprockets or drum and bent shafts can cause chain tension to be uneven, too tight, or too loose. Shaft and bearing failure, and premature chain wear are often caused by excessive chain tension. When the adjusting eyebolt can go no further and the chain needs more tensioning, remove an offset link (see REMOVING CONVEYOR CHAIN LINKS in this section). Close shields.
AJam Nut BEyebolt CNuts DFront Runner Channel
OUO6075,0001803 1915JUN011/1
85-5
101801
PN=273
H62798
H68977
Feeder House
OUO6075,0001927 1929JUN011/1
ADistance of 3 mm (1/8 In.) Between Conveyor Slat and Feeder House Bottom
OUO6075,0001806 1915JUN011/1
85-6
101801
PN=274
ZX015585
H64189
Feeder House
OUO6075,000154A 1922FEB011/1
OUO6075,0001472 1919FEB011/2
101801
85-7
PN=275
H64191
H66532
UN21FEB01
H66531
Feeder House
NOTE: If you have low feed rate conditions, you can decrease the conveyor speed and improve part life by moving the conveyor chain to the small sprocket. If you have material handling or crop damage problems increase the speed of the conveyor chain by moving it to the large sprocket.
To move the chain to the smaller sprocket: Open front shields. Loosen nut (A) and push sprocket rearward. Loosen nut (B) and move sprocket to upper position. Push in on coupler and move small sprocket (C) outward until it engages detent. Engage chain onto sprocket. Move sprocket to lower position (D) and tighten nut (B). Use pry bar in holes of inside plate to move sprocket forward and tighten nut (A). Close front shield.
ANut BNut CSmall Sprocket DLower Position
UN28FEB01
OUO6075,0001472 1919FEB012/2
OUO6075,0001474 1919FEB011/1
85-8
101801
PN=276
H66467
H66465
H66464
UN19FEB01
Feeder House
Slip Clutch
CAUTION: Shut off engine, set parking brake and remove key.
UN18JUN01
Loosen cap screw (A). Adjust clamping nut (B) by turning clock-wise or counter-clockwise. Adjust clutch (C) to adjusting length (X) specification.
B
UN19JUL01
ACap Screw BClamping Nut CClutch XAdjusted Length Item Measurement Specification
Gap
12 mm (0.47 in.)
OUO6075,0001966 1918JUL011/1
85-9
101801
PN=277
ZX25119
ZX25161
Feeder House
OUO6075,0000323 1905JAN011/1
H59570
OUO6075,0001756 1930MAY011/1
85-10
101801
PN=278
H39620
UN11OCT88
Feeder House
C
A
ANuts
BBelt
CWasher
DGauge
CAUTION: Raise feeder house, lower safety stop, shut off engine, set parking brake and remove key.
Tighten nuts (A) until washer (C) aligns with end of gauge (D). This will correctly tension belt (B).
OUO6075,00018F9 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00013D2 1902FEB011/1
85-11
101801
PN=279
H62284A
H68115
UN04JUN01
Feeder House
NOTE: For complete attaching and detaching procedures refer to the header Operators Manual.
Disconnect telescoping drive shafts from feeder house at the quick disconnect coupler (A) on left and right sides. Place telescoping drive shafts in storage position (B).
AQuick Disconnect Coupler BStorage Position
OUO6075,0001477 1919FEB011/1
85-12
101801
PN=280
H66471
UN19FEB01
H66470
UN19FEB01
Separator
Left-Hand Drives
B A D E
EFeeder House Drive Belt (Level Land) Feeder House Drive Belt (HILLMASTER II)
OUO6075,000197B 1925JUL011/2
90-1
101801
PN=281
H69425
UN26JUL01
Separator
DUnloading System
OUO6075,000197B 1925JUL012/2
90-2
101801
PN=282
H69426
UN26JUL01
Separator
Right-Hand Drives
A
D
OUO6075,000197C 1925JUL011/2
90-3
101801
PN=283
H69427
UN26JUL01
Separator
ACooling Fan Belt BRotary Screen Belt CRotary Screen Drive Belt
DClean Grain Elevator Belt ECylinder Intermediate Drive Belt, 240-980 rpm, 470-960 rpm
OUO6075,000197C 1925JUL012/2
480 480
980
UN26JUL01
OUO6075,000197D 1925JUL011/1
90-4
101801
PN=284
H69429
H69428
UN25JUL01
Separator
OUO6075,0001974 1924JUL011/1
OUO6075,0001967 1918JUL011/1
90-5
101801
PN=285
H53041
UN15FEB99
H69340
UN18JUL01
H42621
UN25SEP90
Separator
Align notched area of wheel (A) to one of three holes in gear case sheave (B). Notch area may have to be rotated 360 up to three times to align holes in cylinder drive sheave and speed pickup casting (C). Insert pin (D) in hole and into speed pickup casting. Insert safety pin (E) through pin and on both sides of lip surrounding hole. Lock safety pin.
AWheel BGear Case Sheave CSpeed Pickup Casting DPin ESafety Pin
OUO6075,0001968 1918JUL011/1
Pull down on arm (A) and align lug (B) on torque wheel with arm (A). Insert pin (C) through hole in arm and lug as far as it will go. Insert safety pin (D) through pin and on both sides of tabs on arm. Lock safety pin. Cylinder will now operate in reduced drive at 240-480 rpm (or about 150-250 rpm with a low speed cylinder drive conversion).
OUO6075,0001969 1918JUL011/1
90-6
101801
PN=286
H69342
H69341
Separator
OUO6035,000006E 1909NOV001/2
NOTE: The breaker bar is for a dual range cylinder; it is not provided with the combine. The breaker bar can be made out of steel. Dimensions for making the bar are provided. If combine is equipped with single range cylinder drive, use a crowbar or breaker bar to unplug the cylinder.
Remove the shield covering the dual range cylinder. Insert breaker bar (B) and rock the cylinder back and forth until it is clear. Slide shield back into position and secure with cap screw. Adjust concave to original position after cylinder has been cleared.
Dual Range Cylinder Breaker Bar
BBreaker Bar
UN03AUG92
OUO6035,000006E 1909NOV002/2
90-7
101801
PN=287
H44940
Separator
HX,AG,SF6972 1917MAY991/1
90-8
101801
PN=288
Separator
HX,AG,SF6973 1920MAR901/1
Cylinder Vibration
Should cylinder vibration occur, remove the perforated filler plates and clean the inside of the cylinder.
HX,AG,SF6974 1925OCT951/1
90-9
101801
PN=289
H39131
UN11OCT88
Separator
AInsert
NOTE: If hard-to-thresh soybeans or high cleaning shoe load conditions exist, installing the inserts may be beneficial.
HX,AG,SF6979 1923FEB961/1
90-10
101801
PN=290
H43648
UN01JUL91
Separator
OUO6035,000006F 1909NOV001/1
OUO6035,0000070 1909NOV001/1
90-11
101801
PN=291
H59655
UN23AUG99
H59654
UN23AUG99
Separator
HX,AG,SF6982 1912SEP941/1
Power Separator
The power separator has retracting tines, mounted on a rotor, which are used to pull and release the straw in a combing action. The combing action is designed to thin the crop mat and allow grains embedded in the material to be separated by the walkers.
APower Separator
OUO6075,00018FB 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00018FC 1928JUN011/1
90-12
101801
PN=292
H68720
H68709
UN13JUN01
H46218
Separator
HX,AG,SF6984 1901MAR991/1
Separator Curtains
Curtains control the flow of material from the beater over the straw walkers. A curtain is removed from inside the combine. To remove curtain, remove spring locking pins (A). Push one end of pipe (B) inside of side sheet. Remove curtain by sliding pipe through curtain.
ASpring Locking Pins BPipe
OUO6075,0000120 1901DEC001/1
These pans cannot be used in the extended position when using the straw chopper corn kit. CAUTION: Engine must be off, key removed, and parking brake set. Remove two bolts and move all pans in or out. These pans are not used on the outside straw walkers.
HX,AG,SF6986 1901MAR991/1
90-13
101801
PN=293
H39762
H43932
UN03OCT91
Separator
HX,AG,SF6987 1901MAR991/1
HX,AG,SF6990 1901MAR991/1
OUO6075,0001773 1931MAY011/1
90-14
101801
PN=294
H68374
H51901
UN28JAN99
H39763
Separator
OUO6035,0000071 1909NOV001/1
OUO6075,00016AE 1914MAY011/1
Adjusting Precleaner
To adjust precleaner, use the tool (A) provided. Place the end of the tool into the adjustment linkage on the precleaner. One turn of the adjusting handle equals 3 mm (1/8 in.) opening of the precleaner louvers.
APrecleaner Tool
UN04OCT99
AG,OUO1035,340 1901MAR991/1
90-15
101801
PN=295
H61206
H67978
UN14MAY01
H61205
UN11OCT99
Separator
AG,OUO1035,339 1901MAR991/1
OUO6035,0000078 1909NOV001/1
90-16
101801
PN=296
H59666
UN23AUG99
H61208
UN04OCT99
H61207
Separator
OUO6075,000180B 1915JUN011/1
HX,AG,SF7006 1914JAN971/1
90-17
101801
PN=297
H48118
H53061
UN18FEB99
H68500
UN04JUN01
Separator
OUO6035,0000079 1909NOV001/1
OUO6035,000007A 1909NOV001/1
OUO6035,000007B 1909NOV001/1
90-18
101801
PN=298
H59672
H59669
H60949
UN04OCT99
OUO6075,00018FD 1928JUN011/2
IMPORTANT: If harvesting corn, chopper speed must be set at low speed (1200 rpm) to avoid damage to chopper housing, tailboard, and vanes. There are two tailboard configurations available for use with choppers: Regular Wide Spread. The widespread chopper tailboard vanes are twice as deep as the standard chopper vanes and capable of distributing straw residue over 9.1 m (30 ft.)
Regular Tailboard
OUO6075,00018FD 1928JUN012/2
95-1
101801
PN=299
H69343
UN18JUL01
H68710
UN13JUN01
Adjust vanes (A) so material is spread over a wide area but does not cover uncut crop. Loosen bolts (B), adjust vanes and tighten bolts.
AVanes BBolts
OUO6075,000167E 1927APR011/1
Straw deflector vanes are adjusted centrally by means of electric motor (A). The adjustment is made from the operators cab.
OUO6075,000180D 1915JUN011/1
95-2
101801
PN=300
H68065
H51545
Adjusting Knives
CAUTION: Engine must be off, key removed and parking brake set.
UN18JUL01
Knives can be adjusted to any position. Position of knives determines the cut length of straw. IMPORTANT: Knives must be in position (C) (not cutting) position for corn. For longer straw, loosen bolt (A and B) (both sides) and rotate knife bank up to position (C). Tighten bolts. For shorter straw, loosen bolt (A and B) (both sides) and rotate knife bank down to position (D). Tighten bolts.
OUO6075,000196A 1918JUL011/1
OUO6075,00016BE 1916MAY011/1
Chop to Drop
CAUTION: Engine must be off, key removed and parking brake set.
UN13JUN01
Chop to drop bypasses the chopper and spreader. When chop to drop is open material is allowed to fall into windrows. Use handle (A) to open or close the chop to drop.
AHandle
OUO6075,00018FE 1928JUN011/1
95-3
101801
PN=301
H68713
H68068
H69350
Pull out and rotate knob (A) (both sides). Lift chopper vane board upward until latched. Lift latch (B) and slowly lower chopper vane board until desired position and rotate knob to secure chopper vane board.
AKnob BLatch
OUO6075,000196B 1918JUL011/1
95-4
101801
PN=302
H69352
UN18JUL01
H69351
OUO6075,000177E 1931MAY011/1
95-5
101801
PN=303
H44999
UN15FEB93
H44998
UN15FEB93
OUO6075,00016BF 1916MAY011/2
Connect hydraulic hoses (A) together. Secure hoses to support or rear axle where hoses will not get pinched when operating combine.
AHydraulic Hoses
UN16NOV99
OUO6075,00016BF 1916MAY012/2
95-6
101801
PN=304
H61846
H68069
Use ladder (A) to get into grain tank. Remove wing nut (B) and clamp (C) to swing ladder up for engine service. Always position clamp behind the ladder so the ladder is tilted. IMPORTANT: Do not step on top of fan cover (D) without wing nuts (E) installed, the fan cover will bend without the fan cover door for support.
ALadder BWing Nut CClamp DFan Cover EWing Nuts
OUO6075,00016C0 1916MAY011/1
HX,AG,SF7023 1912SEP941/1
100-1
101801
PN=305
H52943
H68070
OUO6075,00016C1 1916MAY011/3
Operate Grain Tank Covers Cab To open the grain tank covers push and hold the open-symbol (I). To close the grain tank covers push and hold the close-symbol (II).
A
UN07JUN01
OUO6075,00016C1 1916MAY012/3
100-2
101801
PN=306
H68425
H68071
Switch (A) allows opening and closing the grain tank covers from within the grain tank. The grain tank cover switch is located on the right-hand side by the grain tank loading auger.
AGrain Tank Cover Switch
OUO6075,00016C1 1916MAY013/3
CAUTION: Shut off engine, set parking brake and remove key.
OUO6075,00016C2 1916MAY011/1
100-3
101801
PN=307
H68073
H67985
CAUTION: Shut off engine, set parking brake and remove key.
OUO6075,0001780 1931MAY011/1
ABolts BCover
OUO6075,000154F 1923FEB011/1
100-4
101801
PN=308
H39291
H68074
Shear bolt (A) protects the unloading auger system. Three extra bolts (B) are provided to the left of the drive. Use only a M8 x 60 class 8.8 cap screw as a shear bolt (John Deere part 19M7185). Coat machined face and pilot shoulder of hub with grease whenever shear bolt is replaced. IMPORTANT: Do not install a tire inner tube or a sack to end of unloading auger. Any restriction at end of auger can cause damage to the unloading auger system and could cause shear bolt failure.
AShear Bolt BExtra Bolts
OUO1035,00002A1 1920SEP001/1
Grain tank loading auger deflector (A) pivots as grain tank covers rise. Grain tank loading auger out or up position: Windy conditions when harvesting crops like grass seed or rape. CornGrain tank will fill to the left and to the rear. Grain tank loading auger in or down position: GrainGrain tank will fill to the right and to the front.
AGrain Tank Loading Auger Deflector
OUO6075,0001815 1915JUN011/1
100-5
101801
PN=309
H68075
H61367
UN05OCT99
H61366
NOTE: When installing new belts, adjust stop to its original position (stop positioned against barrel of cylinder with rod fully retracted).
OUO6035,0000085 1909NOV001/1
OUO6035,0000086 1909NOV001/1
100-6
101801
PN=310
H61371
H61370
Loosen nuts (A) to adjust position of stud plate (B). Stud (C) should be vertically centered in hole in auger. Tighten nuts.
AHardware BPlate CStud
OUO6075,000153B 1922FEB011/1
APlate BStop
OUO6075,000153A 1922FEB011/2
2. If gap is incorrect adjust cylinder rod end (A). Loosen jam nut (B) and set screw (C). Screw cylinder rod in or out to obtain correct gap. 3. Tighten jam nut and set screw.
ACylinder Rod End BJam Nut CSet Screw
UN30JAN01
OUO6075,000153A 1922FEB012/2
100-7
101801
PN=311
H66021
H54581
H66020
OUO6075,00016C5 1916MAY011/1
100-8
101801
PN=312
H68076
DX,FUEL1 1924JAN001/1
Storing Fuel
If there is a very slow turnover of fuel in the fuel tank or supply tank, it may be necessary to add a fuel conditioner to prevent water condensation. Contact your John Deere dealer for proper service or maintenance recommendations.
DX,FUEL 1903MAR931/1
105-1
101801
PN=313
OUO1035,00002A6 1920SEP001/1
105-2
101801
PN=314
TS202
DX,COOL3 1905FEB991/1
105-3
101801
PN=315
DX,COOL1 1904JUN901/1
DX,ENOIL4 1924JAN001/1
105-4
101801
PN=316
RG4690
UN14DEC88
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the following: API Service Classification CH-4 API Service Classification CG-4 API Service Classification CF-4 ACEA Specification E3 ACEA Specification E2
Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred. If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is used, reduce the service interval by 50%. Extended service intervals may apply when John Deere preferred engine oils are used. Consult your John Deere dealer for more information.
PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company. TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
DX,ENOIL 1924JAN001/1
DX,ENOIL6 1910OCT971/1
105-5
TS1661
101801
PN=317
Hydrostatic Drive System, Main Hydraulic System and Main Engine Gear Case Oils
NOTE: The combine comes from the factory with SAE 10W oil. If you change oil, you can use any of the oils listed below.
SAE 10W engine oils, if they meet API Service Classification CD or CE. John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD Transmission/Hydraulic Oil J20 B.
OUO1035,00002A7 1920SEP001/1
Transmission, Final Drives, Feeder House Reverser, Dual-Range Cylinder Drive, Primary Countershaft and Loading Auger Elevator
John Deere API GL-5 80W 90 Gear Lubricant is recommended. If other oils are used, they must meet requirements of: API Service Classification GL-5 Military Specification MIL-L-2105B Military Specification MIL-L-2105C Depending on the expected prevailing temperature for the fill period, use oil of viscosity as shown in the chart.
Product Number TY6252 TY6296 TY6256 TY6345 Description 80W/90 GL5 Gear Lube 80W/90 GL5 Gear Lube 85W/140 GL5 Gear Lube 85W/140 GL5 Gear Lube Size 16 kg pail (35 lb. pail) 0.9L (1 qt.) can 16 kg pail (35 lb. pail) 0.9L (1 qt.) can Pkg. Qty. 1 12 1 12
1928NOV90
HX,AG,SF7035 1909OCT911/1
105-6
101801
PN=318
TS245
AG,OUO6435,478 1919NOV991/1
Grease
Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and the expected air temperature range during the service interval. The following grease is recommended: John Deere SD POLYUREA GREASE (TY6341) Other greases may be used if they meet the following: NLGI Performance Classification GC-LB IMPORTANT: John Deere SD POLYUREA GREASE (TY6341) is the required grease for the feeder house torque sensing cams. Some types of grease thicken and are not compatible with others. If grease fitting is missing, replace immediately. Clean fittings thoroughly before using grease gun.
Product Number
TY6341
Description
Multi-Purpose, High-Temperature Extreme Pressure Grease, especially effective in rolling contact applications.
HX,AG,SF7350 1926OCT991/1
105-7
TS1667
101801
UN30JUN99
PN=319
Brake Fluid
IMPORTANT: When removing reservoir cap, keep contaminants from entering the reservoir. Fluid should be 6 mm (1/4 in.) from top. Fill reservoir with SAE J1703d, DOT-3 or DOT-4 hydraulic brake fluid.
OUO6075,0001758 1930MAY011/1
Lubricant Storage
Your equipment can operate at top efficiency only when clean lubricants are used. Use clean containers to handle all lubricants. Whenever possible, store lubricants and containers in an area protected from dust, moisture, and other contamination. Store containers on their side to avoid water and dirt accumulation. Make certain that all containers are properly marked to identify their contents. Properly dispose of all old containers and any residual lubricant they may contain.
DX,LUBST 1918MAR961/1
OUO6075,0001759 1930MAY011/1
105-8
101801
PN=320
Capacities
Fuel Tank
Cooling system (with heater) (9540)
Cooling system (with heater) (9560, 9580, 9640)
Cooling system (with heater) (9660, 9680)
Engine Crankcase w/Filter:
9540 Combine
9560, 9580, 9640, 9660, 9680 Combines
Transmission
Final Drives (Each)
Single Reduction
Heavy Duty
Feeder House Reverser Gear Case (Standard)
Feeder House Reverser Gear Case (High Cap.)
Countershaft Drive Gear Case
Straw Walker Drive Gear Case
Loading Auger Gear Case
Dual-Range Cylinder Drive Gearcase
Engine Gearcase
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Reservoir
OUO6075,0001924 1928JUN011/1
105-9
101801
PN=321
AG,OUO1035,1510 1920JAN001/1
Service Intervals
CAUTION: To prevent injury, never lubricate or service combine, header, or engine while it is running. Engine must be off, park brake set and key removed. Use hour meter as a guide when servicing the combine. Every 50 hours of engine operation, the characters SEU will appear on the tachometer display indicating service is needed. After completing the service, clear the display by the following procedure. Turn the key to the run position. Press the diagnostic switch. DIA will appear on the triple display tachometer.
UN23MAY01
OUO6075,000175A 1930MAY011/3
110-1
101801
PN=322
H68150
OUO6075,000175A 1930MAY012/3
110-2
PN=323
H54584
101801
UN27MAY99
OUO6075,000175A 1930MAY013/3
110-3
PN=324
H54585
101801
UN27MAY99
Lubrication Symbols
CAUTION: Never lubricate or service corn head while combine engine is running. Lubricate with John Deere Multipurpose SD Polyurea Grease High Temperature/Extreme Pressure lubricant or an equal SAE Multipurpose High Temperature Grease with Extreme Pressure (EP) performance at hours shown on the symbol.
Lubricate with John Deere SAE 30 oil or heavier oil at hourly intervals indicated on the symbols. IMPORTANT: Recommended service intervals are for average conditions. Service MORE OFTEN if combine is operated under adverse conditions.
HX,AG,SF7039 1914AUG971/1
110-4
101801
PN=325
10 Hours or Daily
DPivot Bolts
EPivot Bolts
1. At the end of each day, dump stone trap (A) and run concave (B) up and down to prevent crop buildup in concave area. IMPORTANT: Pump two shots of grease into each fitting. Do not over grease. 2. Final Drive Outer Bearings (Both Sides)- When operating in mud and water, grease at 10 hours. In normal conditions, grease at 50 hours.
3. Rear Wheel Hubs (Both Sides)- When working in water and mud, grease at 10 hours. In normal conditions, grease at 50 hours.
OUO6075,000192E 1903JUL011/2
101801
110-5
H69040
UN24JUL01
PN=326
OUO6075,000192E 1903JUL012/2
110-6
101801
PN=327
10 Hours or Daily
EMoisture Sensor
1. Engine oil - Check oil level at dipstick (A). Do not operate engine with oil level below ADD mark. Add oil as needed. 2. Hydrostatic/Hydraulic Oil - Check with header on ground. Oil level must be above lower sight glass (B) and below top of upper sight glass (C). Add oil as needed.
3. Recovery Tank - Check coolant level with engine cold, level must be up to the COLD mark (D). 4. Moisture Sensor. Clean out moisture sensor (E) when operating in weedy or green crops. In normal conditions cleanout at 50 hours.
OUO6075,000192F 1903JUL011/1
110-7
H69041
UN25JUL01
101801
PN=328
50 Hours or Weekly
1. Cleaning Fan Variable Sheaves. 2. Rear Axle Spindles - Standard Axle (Both Sides).
NOTE: When operating in mud and water grease rear axle spindle bearings and motor pivots at 10
OUO6075,0001930 1903JUL011/1
110-8
H69042
UN03JUL01
101801
PN=329
50 Hours or Weekly
APlug
1. Fuel System Water Separator - Check for water. Loosen plug (A) and drain. 2. Check cleaning shoe/straw walker drive belt tension. 3. Mass Flow Sensor. Lower auger and clean mass flow sensor plate. 4. Cylinder Variable Drive Upper Sheave - Grease with sheaves closed. Cycle cylinder speed to
distribute grease if drive is operated at high speed all the time. 5. Moisture Sensor. Remove cover and clean out moisture sensor. 6. Cylinder Drive (to places).
OUO6075,0001931 1903JUL011/1
110-9
PN=330
H69043
101801
UN25JUL01
50 Hours or Weekly
AKnob
BWing Nut
CRadiator
DDipstick
1. Unloading Auger Lubrication Lines. 2. Fresh Air Filter-To remove filter, loosen knob (A), remove door and empty tray. Remove wing nut (B) and slide filter out. Clean or replace filter. This filter may require cleaning sooner in very dusty conditions. Clean filter in the same manner as engine primary filter (See Engine Service in this manual).
3. Radiator (C), Charge Air Cooler, Oil Cooler and Condenser Core-Blow compressed air from inside out. Check areas for chaff buildup and clean if necessary. 4. Engine Gear Case-Check with engine off. Oil must not be below mark on dipstick (D).
OUO6075,0001932 1903JUL011/1
110-10
H69044
101801
UN03JUL01
PN=331
50 Hours or Weekly
ACleanout Areas
(HEADERTRAK) only: Check areas (A) for packed material which could prevent header from tilting completely to either side. Clean out if required.
OUO6075,0001933 1903JUL011/1
110-11
H69045
UN03JUL01
101801
PN=332
1. Master Cylinder Piston Rod - Until grease comes out. 2. Leveling Cylinder Barrel - Until grease comes out (Both Sides)
OUO6075,0001976 1924JUL011/1
110-12
H69418
101801
UN24JUL01
PN=333
100 Hours
AFilter
BHandle
CDipstick
DValve
IMPORTANT: Change oil every 100 hours if fuel is more than 0.5 % sulfur. Change oil every 250 hours when using all other oils. Change oil every 375 hours when using TORQ-GARD SUPREME or John Deere PLUS-50 Do not operate engine with oil level below low mark on dipstick.
1. Engine Crankcase Filter-Remove old filter (A) and coat seal on new filter with oil. Hand tighten then tighten 1/2 turn more. Turn handle (B) to drain oil. (after first 100 hours only). Pull cap to fill. Check oil at dipstick (C) after filling . 2. Clean out end of air conditioning drain hose. Be certain valve (D) is installed on end of hose. 3. Chopper Bearings. Both sides.
TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company
OUO6075,0001934 1903JUL011/1
110-13
101801
PN=334
H69046
UN31JUL01
200 Hours
ASight Glass
1. Recirculating Filter-Remove cooling compartment, reach in and lift out filter. Clean or replace filter. Check to be certain air flow arrow points toward front of combine. 2. Conveyor Auger Drive Slip Clutch-Do not over grease.
3. Reverser Gear Case-Raise feeder house and lower safety stop. Oil level must show on knurled part of dipstick. Add oil as needed.
OUO6075,0001935 1903JUL011/2
101801
110-14
PN=335
H69047
UN25JUL01
OUO6075,0001935 1903JUL012/2
200 Hours
1. Engine Fan Hub 2. Check front and rear tire pressure and wheel bolt torque (see Wheels, Axles and Additional Weights section).
OUO6075,00019DC 1909AUG011/1
110-15
H70142
UN16OCT01
101801
PN=336
AFilter
BHandle
CDipstick
1. Engine Crankcase Filter-Remove old filter (A) and coat seal on new filter with oil. Hand tighten then tighten 1/2 turn more. Turn handle (B) to drain oil.
OUO6075,0001AF3 1916OCT011/2
110-16
H70141
UN16OCT01
101801
PN=337
TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company. PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company.
OUO6075,0001AF3 1916OCT012/2
110-17
101801
PN=338
AVent Plug
BGrease Fitting
CGrease Fitting
Lubricate Intermediate Drive IMPORTANT: Do this with the cylinder speed adjusted to the fastest setting. Start the combine and engage the separator. Increase threshing cylinder to the highest speed. This will compress the spring and reduce the inner cavity to its smallest area. Shut off engine, set park brake and remove key. If you have the cylinder spring at the slowest speed, the tension spring is expanded allowing the inner area to take more grease. If this cavity is completely full, the sheaves cannot come together (creating a hydraulic lock) and increased cylinder speed cannot be attained.
Remove the vent plug (A) from intermediate cylinder drive. Pump grease into grease fitting (B) until grease comes out of the vent plug hole. Install the vent plug. Start the combine and cycle the cylinder from high speed to low speed and back to high speed. Shut off combine. Remove vent plug. Pump grease into grease fitting (C), until grease comes out of vent plug hole. Install vent plug.
OUO6075,0001937 1903JUL011/1
110-18
101801
PN=339
H58391
UN21JUN99
APlug
1. Cylinder Drive Bearing 2. Dual Range Cylinder Drive Bearing. Dual Range Cylinder Drive Gear Case-Check oil level. Arrow must point up to check oil at plug (A). Oil must come to bottom edge of plug hole.
3. Primary Countershaft Bearing. 4. Right-Hand Lube Bank (Two Fittings): Top-Cylinder shaft bearing. Bottom-Variable cylinder bearing.
OUO6075,0001938 1903JUL011/1
110-19
101801
PN=340
H69050
UN25JUL01
1. Rear Wheel Hubs (Both Sides) (Standard Axle)When operating in mud and water, grease at ten hours.
HX,AG,SF7052 1918JUN991/1
110-20
H69051
101801
PN=341
1909JUL01
OUO6075,0001939 1903JUL011/1
110-21
101801
PN=342
H69052
UN03JUL01
AFill Hole
BCheck Hole
CPlug
1. Rear Axle (Both Sides). Power steering outer fitting. Rear Axle (Both Sides). Power steering inner fitting. Rear Axle (Both Sides). Tie rod fitting. 2. Final Drive Oil. Fill at hole (A). Check oil level up to within 12 mm (1/2 in.) of bottom of hole at plug (B).
(If you can touch oil with your little finger, you do not need to add oil). 3. Transmission. Remove plug (C) and check. Add as needed to within 12 mm (1/2 in.) of bottom of hole.
OUO6075,000193A 1903JUL011/1
110-22
H69053
101801
PN=343
UN03JUL01
OUO6075,000199B 1901AUG011/1
110-23
H69054
UN01AUG01
101801
PN=344
3. Straw Chopper Rotor Bearings (Both Sides). 4. Unloading Auger Lower Gear Case.
OUO6075,000193C 1903JUL011/1
110-24
H69055
UN01AUG01
101801
PN=345
ABrake Fluid
1. Conveyor Auger Drive Bearings-Two fittings. 2. Final Drive Outer Bearings (Both Sides)- When operating in mud and water, grease at 10 hours.
3. Brake Fluid Level (A). Look through cap. Add brake fluid to 6 mm (1/4 in.) from top. Do not let dirt get into brake fluid.
OUO6075,000193D 1903JUL011/2
101801
110-25
H69056
UN03JUL01
PN=346
OUO6075,000193D 1903JUL012/2
110-26
101801
PN=347
CPlug
1. Engine Gearcase Filter (A)-Coat seal on new filter with oil. Hand tighten then tighten 1/2 turn more. 2. Primary Countershaft Gear Case (B)- Check with engine off. IMPORTANT: Do not add water in freezing weather unless engine is run or batteries charged for 30 minutes so water and electrolyte are well mixed.
3. Batteries-Clean off top of batteries and check level in each cell. Fill to bottom of filler neck with distilled water if needed. Clean and tighten connections, if needed. Wipe batteries with damp cloth. When finished, destroy cloth.
OUO6075,000193E 1903JUL011/2
101801
110-27
H69057
UN03JUL01
PN=348
OUO6075,000193E 1903JUL012/2
ARadiator Drain
Drain radiator at (A), flush and refill with the correct coolant and conditioner. See Flushing Cooling System
in Engine Service and Engine Coolant recommendations given in FUELS AND LUBRICANTS.
OUO6075,000193F 1903JUL011/1
110-28
H69059
UN06JUL01
101801
PN=349
2000 Hours
After every 2000 hours of operation have engine valve lash checked, and adjusted if necessary, by your John Deere dealer.
OUO6075,0001941 1903JUL011/1
110-29
H69060
UN03JUL01
101801
PN=350
2000 Hours
1. Primary Countershaft Gear Case-Drain at plug (A) and refill at dipstick (B). Oil level must show on knurled part of dipstick. 2. Reverser Gear Case-Raise feeder house and lower safety stop. Drain at (D) and refill at (C). Check with feeder house all the way up. Oil level must show on knurled part of dipstick.
3. Final Drives-Drain at (E) and refill at (G) to within 12 mm (1/2 in.) of bottom of check hole (F). (If you can touch oil with your little finger, you do not need to add oil). 4. Transmission-Slide tube (H) out of block (I). Remove block to drain. Fill at hole (J) to within 12 mm (1/2 in.) of bottom of hole.
OUO6075,0001942 1903JUL011/1
110-30
H69061
UN03JUL01
101801
PN=351
2000 Hours
CPlug DSump
ETube
FPlug
1. Hydraulic/Hydrostatic ReservoirDrain at (A). Clean screen and cap (B) and refill. Oil must show above lower sight glass and below top sight glass. 2. Engine Gear CaseDrain at plug (C). Clean breather on dipstick. Clean screen in sump at (D). Refill at tube (E).
3. Dual Range Gear CaseDrain at plug (F). Add oil and check level with arrow up. Do not get oil on belts.
OUO6075,0001943 1903JUL011/1
110-31
H69062
UN20SEP01
101801
PN=352
As Required
1. Recirculating Filter-Remove cooling compartment, reach in and lift out filter. Clean or replace as needed. Make sure air flow arrow points towards front of cab. 2. Cab Fresh Air Filter. Turn knob and pull out tray. Remove wing nut and pull out filter. Clean or replace as needed.
3. Windshield Washer Reservoir (Optional) (A). Open cap and fill as needed.
OUO6075,0001944 1903JUL011/1
110-32
H69063
UN03JUL01
101801
PN=353
As Required
CPrimary Filter
DWarning Light
EAlternator Screen
1. Fuel Filter. Replace filter (A), water separator filter (B) and bleed system. 2. Batteries. Clean off top of batteries and check level in each cell. Fill to bottom of filler neck with distilled water. 3. Air Cleaner Element. Service primary filter (C) only when shown by warning light (D). Check precleaner
for plugging. Check for leaks and for collapse of aspirator tube. Replace element if plugged. 4. Alternator Screen. Clean alternator screen (E) when 50% covered with debris.
OUO6075,0001945 1903JUL011/1
110-33
H69064
UN01AUG01
101801
PN=354
OUO6075,00019E3 1909AUG011/1
Cleaning Combine
Cleaning outside of machine: Wash outside of machine using power washer. Use soft absorbent cloth to wipe off water droplets. Remove excess with clean dry cloth. Use a good clear wax or glazing compound that contains no abrasives and lint free towel. To apply wax or compound: Put compound on cloth and rub into panel in a circular motion after compound is rubbed into the surface well, turn the towel over and buff out with the other (dry) side. Cleaning plastic parts: Cleaning Fabric: Remove dust and loose dirt with whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Remove excess staining material by scraping or wiping with clean cloth. Clean surfaces with clean, soft damp cloth. For more thorough cleaning wipe surface with soft cloth and mild detergent.
NOTE: Do not clean plastic parts with fuel or other petroleum based cleaners. NOTE: Always follow manufacturers directions when using cleaner and test on a small hidden area first.
Some of machines trim parts are plastic. Use tar and road oil remover to remove dirt, wax buildup and other deposits. Vinyl and Plastic: Remove dust and dirt with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with leather and vinyl cleaner.
NOTE: Always follow manufacturers directions when using fabric cleaner and test on a small hidden area first.
For water soluble stain use a damp cloth first, followed by a soft cloth with a mild detergent and water. For grease, oil, tar or other petroleum based stains apply fabric cleaner to soiled following manufactures directions.
OUO6075,0000130 1901DEC001/1
110-34
101801
PN=355
Shields
Left-Hand and Right-Hand Gull Wing Doors
CAUTION: Turn off engine, set parking brake and remove key.
UN25JAN01
To open left-hand door remove locking latch, and pin (A) from locking plate (B). Reinstall locking latch (C) onto pin. Turn latch knob (D) clock-wise, then pull out on gull wing door to raise.
APin BLocking Plates CLocking Latch DLatch Knob
OUO6075,00018FF 1928JUN011/3
115-1
101801
PN=356
H64206
UN12JUN00
H68542
UN06JUN01
H65931
Shields
To open right-hand gull wing door, remove locking latch and pin (A) from locking plate (B). Reinstall locking latch (C) into pin. Turn latch knob (D) clock-wise, then pull out on gull wing door to raise.
APin BLocking Plate CLocking Latch DLatch Knob
OUO6075,00018FF 1928JUN012/3
115-2
101801
PN=357
H64207
UN12JUN00
H68543
UN06JUN01
H65929
UN25JAN01
Shields
IMPORTANT: Do not use the cylinder (A) as a hand hold or hang anything on these cylinders. This could cause the cylinder rod to deflect and cause damage to the cylinder. In cold weather or in high winds, these gull wing doors may creep down. Position stop on rod to hold shield up.
ACylinder
UN02MAR00
OUO6075,00018FF 1928JUN013/3
OUO6075,00016C8 1916MAY011/1
115-3
101801
PN=358
H68080
H62860
Shields
OUO6075,000196C 1918JUL011/1
OUO6075,000196D 1918JUL011/1
115-4
101801
PN=359
H69356
UN18JUL01
H69355
H51902
UN04FEB99
H69354
Shields
AG,OUO1035,2160 1931MAY001/1
115-5
101801
PN=360
Service - Engine
Rear Ladder and Landing
Push up on lever (A) and swing ladder out until it latches. Use handle (B) to pull ladder to rear. Swing panel (C) rearward.
ALever BHandle CPanel
UN01MAR99
OUO1035,00002B9 1920SEP001/1
OUO6075,00016C9 1916MAY011/1
OUO6075,0001900 1928JUN011/1
120-1
101801
PN=361
H68558
UN06JUN01
H68081
H54237
Service - Engine
Belt Shield
CAUTION: Drive belts on engine are enclosed behind a shield. Keep shield in place except to service. Shut off engine, remove key and set parking brake before opening. Remove wing screws (A) to open shield.
AWing Screws
OUO6075,00016CA 1916MAY011/1
HX,AG,SF7072 1901MAR991/1
Fuel System
CAUTION: Escaping diesel fuel under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Relieve pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Keep hands and body away from pin holes and nozzles which eject fluids under high pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or paper to search for leaks. Do not use your hand. If ANY fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with this type injury or gangrene may result.
HX,AG,SF7073 1923JAN921/1
120-2
101801
PN=362
X9811
UN23AUG88
H54273
H68082
UN18MAY01
Service - Engine
OUO6075,0001901 1928JUN011/1
Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill fuel tank outdoors. Prevent fires by keeping machine clean of accumulated trash, grease, and debris. Always clean up spilled fuel.
DX,FIRE1 1903MAR931/1
120-3
101801
PN=363
TS202
H67143
H61449
UN08OCT99
Service - Engine
NOTE: The oil should be checked with the dipstick screwed all the way into the holder.
Remove dipstick (A) and check oil level. Oil level should be between the "ADD" and the top of the cross-hatch area on dipstick. If needed, add oil recommended in the Fuel and Lubricants section of this manual. Do not operate engine with oil level below the "ADD" mark on dipstick.
ADipstick
OUO6075,00015C7 1902APR011/1
AFuel Cap
OUO6075,0001902 1928JUN011/1
120-4
101801
PN=364
H67698
UN26APR01
H48132
UN24OCT96
H67106
UN09APR01
Service - Engine
OUO6075,0001680 1927APR011/1
OUO6075,000196E 1918JUL011/1
120-5
101801
PN=365
H69357
H67155
Service - Engine
1. To change filter, disconnect water sensor connector (B) from water separator (C). 2. Remove fuel filter. 3. Remove water separator from fuel filter. 4. Install water separator onto new fuel filter. 5. Install fuel filter. 6. Connect water sensor connector.
NOTE: Hand primer must be pulled all the way up between pumps.
8. Unlock hand primer (E) and pump a minimum of 100 times. 9. Lock hand primer (pull up, then push down). 10. Tighten diagnostic fitting on fuel filter header to specification.
Specification Diagnostic PortTorque ................................................................ 14 Nm (10 lb-ft) AFuel Filter BWater Sensor Connector CWater Separator DDiagnostic Fitting EHand Primer
OUO6075,00016CB 1916MAY011/1
120-6
101801
PN=366
H67285
UN09APR01
H67284
Service - Engine
Drain fuel from separator at drain (B). Remove and replace filter. Open valve (A). Let air bleed through (B) and fuel line (C). See BLEEDING FUEL LINES.
AValve BDrain CFuel Line
OUO6075,0001904 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,00016CC 1916MAY011/1
OUO6075,00016B1 1914MAY011/1
120-7
101801
PN=367
H67143
UN02APR01
H67144
UN02APR01
H54241
Service - Engine
OUO6075,0001970 1918JUL011/1
120-8
101801
PN=368
H69358
UN24JUL01
Service - Engine
NOTE: Hand primer must be pulled all the way up between pumps.
3. Unlock and operate hand primer (D) until a steady flow of fuel (without bubbles) flows out of hose.
NOTE: It can take up to 200 strokes until fuel comes out steadily.
4. Continue to pump hand primer while disconnecting JT03472 coupler from diagnostic port, or while tightening diagnostic port to specification.
Specification Diagnostic PortTorque ................................................................ 14 Nm (10 lb-ft)
UN04APR01
5. Start engine and run engine at high idle. 6. If engine fails to start, loosen high pressure fuel lines (E). Pump hand primer (D) until steady flow of fuel escapes the fuel pump. Tighten fuel lines to specification and lock hand primer (pull up, then push down and lock).
Specification High Pressure Fuel Lines Torque ............................................................................................ 27 Nm (20 lb-ft)
AWater Separator Bowl BDrain Valve CDiagnostic Port DHand Primer EHigh Pressure Fuel Lines
OUO6075,00016B2 1914MAY011/1
120-9
101801
PN=369
H67288
UN04APR01
H67287
H67144
UN02APR01
Service - Engine
OUO6075,00016B3 1914MAY011/2
120-10
101801
PN=370
H49034
UN08AUG97
H67161
UN03APR01
Service - Engine
IMPORTANT: Never pour cold water into a hot engine as it might crack cylinder block or head. Do not operate engine without coolant for even a few minutes.
UN01MAR99
Remove clamp and hose (A) from bottom of recovery tank and drain tank. Close drains, install hose on recovery tank and fill system with clean water. Run engine until it reaches operating temperature with heater on.
AHose
Stop engine and drain water out before rust or sediment settles. Close drains and refill system with a solution of clean water and John Deere Cooling System Cleaner PT500 or its equal. Follow instructions with cleaner. After using cleaner, flush system with clean water and drain. Close drains, close and latch rotary screen door and fill system with correct coolant and conditioner (See the recommendations given in FUELS AND LUBRICANTS in this manual). To fill system: Open breather valve on top of engine. Fill system until fluid begins to run out of breather valve. Close breather valve and finish filling system until fluid is at HOT mark on recovery tank. Install cap on radiator, turn on the heater and run engine until it reaches operating temperature. Remove cap from recovery tank and refill tank to fill mark. Do not fill recovery tank from radiator. Install cap on recovery tank.
OUO6075,00016B3 1914MAY012/2
120-11
101801
PN=371
H54247
Service - Engine
Filling Radiator
CAUTION: Avoid being scalded when radiator cap is removed. First turn cap slightly to the stop. This lets steam safely out the vent. Never fill radiator when engine is overheated unless engine is idling slowly. Pour coolant in slowly. Check coolant level when engine is cold. Check coolant level in recovery tank. When the engine is cool, the coolant level should be up to the COLDmark. IMPORTANT: Never pour cold water into a hot engine as it might crack cylinder block or head. Do not operate engine without coolant for even a few minutes.
HX,AG,SF7088 1909OCT911/1
HX,AG,SF7089 1913DEC931/1
120-12
101801
PN=372
H54080
UN19FEB99
Service - Engine
OUO6075,00016D2 1916MAY011/2
2. To remove belt, insert 13 mm (1/2 in.) drive breaker bar (A) into square hole in idler to release tension on belt. 3. Remove belt (B) from alternator. 4. Install new belt in reverse order and tighten fan bolts to specification.
Specification Fan BoltsTorque ......................................................................... 60 Nm (45 lb-ft)
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016D2 1916MAY012/2
120-13
101801
PN=373
H67317
H67316
Service - Engine
C
E
D
G
N
UN01AUG01
I
J
OUO6075,000199A 1901AUG011/1
B
A
D
E
F
G
L
M
UN10APR01
101801
J
K
OUO6075,00016CE 1916MAY011/1
120-14
PN=374
H67319
H69505
Service - Engine
OUO6075,00016CF 1916MAY011/6
2. To remove alternator belt, insert 13 mm (1/2 in.) drive breaker bar (A) into square hole in idler to release tension on belt. 3. Remove belt (B) from alternator.
A13 mm (1/2 in.) Breaker Bar BBelt
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016CF 1916MAY012/6
4. Remove nut (A) and loosen nut (B) to relieve spring tensioning. 5. Remove spring pin (C) and washer from tensioning rod. 6. Remove tensioning rod from hole to relieve tension. 7. Remove belt (D).
ANut BNut CSpring Pin DBelt
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016CF 1916MAY013/6
101801
120-15
PN=375
H67321
H67317
H67316
Service - Engine
8. To remove engine accessory drive belt, insert a 13 mm (1/2 in.) drive breaker bar (A) into the square hole in idler to release tension on the belt. 9. Remove belt (B). 10. Install engine accessory drive belt in reverse order.
A13 mm (1/2 in.) Breaker Bar BBelt
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016CF 1916MAY014/6
11. Install rotary screen drive belt (D). 12. Install tensioning rod, washer and spring pin (C). 13. Install and tighten nut (B) until gauge is at the end of spring. 14. Install and tighten nut (A).
ANut BNut CSpring Pin DBelt
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016CF 1916MAY015/6
15. Install fan (B) and tighten fan bolts (A) to specification.
Specification Fan BoltsTorque ......................................................................... 62 Nm (45 lb-ft)
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016CF 1916MAY016/6
120-16
101801
PN=376
H67316
H67321
H67322
Service - Engine
HX,AG,SF7095 1909OCT911/1
OUO6075,00016D0 1916MAY011/5
2. To remove alternator belt, insert 13 mm (1/2 in.) drive breaker bar (A) into square hole in idler to release tension on belt. 3. Remove belt (B) from alternator.
A13 mm (1/2 in.) Breaker Bar BBelt
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016D0 1916MAY012/5
120-17
101801
PN=377
H67317
H67316
H39170
Service - Engine
4. Remove nut (A) and loosen nut (B) to relieve spring tensioning. 5. Remove spring pin (C) and washer from tensioning rod. 6. Remove tensioning rod from hole to relieve tension. 7. Remove belt (D). 8. Install new belt.
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016D0 1916MAY013/5
9. Install rotary screen drive belt (D). 10. Install tensioning rod, washer and spring pin (C). 11. Install and tighten nut (B) until gauge is at the end of spring. 12. Install and tighten nut (A).
ANut BNut CSpring Pin DBelt
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016D0 1916MAY014/5
120-18
101801
PN=378
H67321
H67321
Service - Engine
13. Install fan (B) and tighten fan bolts (A) to specification.
Specification Fan BoltsTorque ......................................................................... 62 Nm (45 lb-ft)
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016D0 1916MAY015/5
Cleaning Rotary Screen, Oil Cooler, Condenser, Radiator and Charge Air Cooler
CAUTION: Shut off engine, remove key and set parking brake. Pull latch (A) and open rotary screen door (B).
ALatch BRotary Screen Door
UN02JUL01
OUO6075,0001906 1928JUN011/2
120-19
101801
PN=379
H68535
H67316
Service - Engine
Check the rotary screen daily to be certain it turns freely. Clean the rotary fan screen with a brush and compressed air when dirt and chaff build up on or behind the screen. Pull oil cooler and condenser (A) out. Clean oil cooler, condenser and radiator. Clean charge air cooler. To clean with compressed air, blow from the inside out. Clean out dirt from lower vacuum duct (B) and duct (C). IMPORTANT: When using high pressure air or water, be careful of fin damage to coolers. Use a fin comb to straighten bent fins. Bent fins will decrease cooler performance.
ACondenser BVacuum Duct CDuct
UN21MAY01
OUO6075,0001906 1928JUN012/2
HX,AG,SF7099 1902MAR991/1
120-20
101801
PN=380
H54250
UN01MAR99
H68084
Service - Engine
OUO6075,00016D4 1916MAY011/1
Inspecting Element
1. Hold a bright light inside element (A) and check carefully for holes. Discard any element which shows the slightest hole. 2. Be sure outer screen (B) is not dented. Vibration would quickly wear a hole in filter. 3. Be sure filter gasket (C) is in good condition. If gasket is damaged or missing, replace element.
AElement BOuter Screen CFilter Gasket
UN31AUG99
OUO1035,00002D8 1920SEP001/1
120-21
101801
PN=381
H59771
H59770
UN31AUG99
Service - Engine
Cleaning Element
1. Pat sides of element (A) gently to loosen dirt. Do not tap element against a hard surface. 2. Using a John Deere AR62377 Dry Element Cleaner Gun (B), clean element with compressed air. Hold nozzle next to inner surface, and move up and down pleats. IMPORTANT: Do not direct air against outside of element, as it might force dirt through to inside. 3. Repeat step 1 and 2 to remove additional dirt. 4. Inspect element before reinstalling.
AElement BJohn Deere AR62377 Dry Element Cleaner Gun
UN31AUG99
OUO1035,00002D9 1920SEP001/1
Washing Element
IMPORTANT: Never wash element in gasoline or any solvent. Never use compressed air on a wet element. Do not oil element. 1. If element is coated with oil or soot, wash in a solution of warm water and John Deere R36757 Filter Element Cleaner or its equivalent. Let element soak at least 15 minutes, then agitate gently to flush out dirt. 2. Rinse element thoroughly from inside with clean water. Use element cleaning gun (A) or a free-running hose. Keep pressure low to avoid damaging element. 3. Allow element to dry completely before using. This usually takes from one to three days. Do not oven dry or use drying agents. Protect element from freezing until dry. 4. Inspect element before installing.
OUO1035,00002DA 1920SEP001/1
120-22
101801
PN=382
H59773
UN31AUG99
H59772
OUO6075,0001907 1928JUN011/1
125-1
101801
PN=383
H69336
UN18JUL01
TS696
C
A
ANuts
BBelt
CWasher
DGauge
CAUTION: Raise feeder house, lower safety stop, shut off engine, set parking brake and remove key. 1. (Not Illustrated) Remove shields. 2. Loosen nuts (A) to release tension on idlers. 3. Remove belt (B).
4. Install new belt. 5. Tighten nuts until washer (C) aligns with end of gauge (D). 6. Install shields.
OUO6075,0001908 1928JUN011/1
125-2
101801
PN=384
H68115
UN04JUN01
NOTE: When replacing chain links always check sprockets for wear. To replace sprockets see procedures later in this group.
Remove inside links (B) and replace them with offset links. Order ([3]) offset links (C). The offset links now becomes the coupler links. Repeat this procedure on all strands of chain. When adjustment is all used up the chain is worn out and should be replaced.
AOffset Links BInside Links COffset Links
UN11OCT88
OUO6075,000198C 1927JUL011/1
ANut BNut
OUO6075,00016D8 1917MAY011/1
125-3
101801
PN=385
H68095
H39621
C
A
ANuts
BBelt
CWasher
DGauge
CAUTION: Raise feeder house, lower safety stop, shut off engine, set parking brake and remove key.
Tighten nuts (A) until washer (C) aligns with end of gauge (D). This will correctly tension belt (B).
OUO6075,0001909 1928JUN011/1
125-4
101801
PN=386
H68115
UN04JUN01
Service - Separator
Adjusting Cylinder Drive Gap
Run cylinder sheaves to close the intermediate sheaves. CAUTION: Shut off engine, remove key and set parking brake. Loosen bolt (A). Adjust nuts (B) to get a 6 mm (1/4 in.) gap. IMPORTANT: If sheave gap is more than 8 mm (5/16 in.), it limits sheave travel. Any of these failures can occur when drive is operated at the high end of either low or high range: Belt failure Belt stretch Bearing failure Shaft failure
ABolt BNuts
If sheave gap is less than 4 mm (3/16 in.), it limits torque sensing. Any of these failures can occur when drive is operated at the low end of either low or high range: Belt failure Belt slipping (burning) Retighten bolt (A).
OUO1035,00002E8 1920SEP001/1
130-1
101801
PN=387
H61193
UN04OCT99
Service - Separator
Loosen nuts (A) to remove tension from drive belt (B). Loosen countershaft assembly with nuts (C). Loosen cap screw (D). Loosen cap screws (E) and (F). Loosen nuts (G).
ANuts BDrive Belt CNuts DCap Screw ECap Screws FCap Screws GNuts
AG,OUO1035,1110 1911OCT991/3
Using a straight edge (A), check the alignment of the countershaft sheaves to the sheaves on the primary countershaft. The countershaft sheaves should be within +/- 2 mm (1/16 in.) of the primary countershaft. Make adjustments with nuts (B). After making adjustments, tighten nuts (B).
AStraight Edge BNuts
AG,OUO1035,1110 1911OCT992/3
130-2
101801
PN=388
H61195
UN04OCT99
H61194
Service - Separator
Using a straight edge (A), check the alignment of the countershaft sheaves to the sheaves on the cylinder shaft. The countershaft sheaves should be within 2 mm (1/16 in.) of the cylinder shaft. Make adjustments with nuts (B). After making adjustments, tighten nuts (B). Tighten cap screws (C), (D) and (E). Tighten nuts (F). Readjust cylinder drive gap. (See ADJUSTING CYLINDER DRIVE GAP).
AStraight Edge BNuts CCap Screw DCap Screw ECap Screw FNuts
UN04OCT99
AG,OUO1035,1110 1911OCT993/3
Loosen lock nut (A). Tighten nut (B) until washer (C) aligns with the end of gauge (D). Tighten lock nut.
ALock Nut BNut CWasher DGauge
OUO1035,00002EA 1920SEP001/1
130-3
101801
PN=389
H61197
H61196
Service - Separator
AHose BTension
CBolts
DMounting
EBelt
Run cylinder drive to slowest speed. CAUTION: Shut off engine, remove key, and set parking brake. Disconnect hose (A) with two wrenches. Loosen belt at (B).
Remove two bolts (C), swing mounting (D) aside and remove belt (E). Install new belt and check alignment.
130-4
H61198
UN04OCT99
AG,OUO1035,1111 1911OCT991/1
101801
PN=390
Service - Separator
EBolts
FMounting
Run cylinder drive to slowest speed. CAUTION: Shut off engine, remove key and set parking brake. Disconnect hydraulic hose (A). Loosen lock nut and jam nut (B) to loosen cylinder belt (C). Roll cylinder belt (C) under belt (D).
Remove two bolts (E) and swing mounting (F) aside. Remove belt. Install new belt. Adjust cylinder belt. (See ADJUSTING CYLINDER BELT IDLER). Check intermediate belt alignment. (See ALIGNING CYLINDER DRIVE).
130-5
H61199
UN04OCT99
AG,OUO1035,1112 1911OCT991/1
101801
PN=391
Service - Separator
ALocking Lever BSecond Concave CHandle DSpecification (Distance) Item Measurement Specification
Distance
OUO6075,0001971 1918JUL011/1
HX,AG,SF7128 1913DEC931/1
130-6
101801
PN=392
H53044
UN15FEB99
ZX25233
UN03JUL01
Service - Separator
HX,AG,SF7129 1923NOV981/1
HX,AG,SF7131 1923NOV981/1
130-7
101801
PN=393
H61200
H53046
UN15FEB99
H53045
UN15FEB99
Service - Separator
Place a block of wood in sheave (A) opening to hold sheave apart. Adjust nut so intermediate sheave goes up as far as possible. Belt (B) will have slack. Disconnect hose (C). Loosen secondary countershaft belt (D) at (E). Roll belt under clean grain elevator belt and tailings elevator belt.
Shield Removed for Clarity
ASheave BBelt CHose DCountershaft Belt EIdler
HX,AG,SF7132 1901MAR991/1
130-8
101801
PN=394
H48976
Service - Separator
OUO6075,000190A 1928JUN011/1
OUO6075,0001986 1926JUL011/1
130-9
101801
PN=395
H70107
UN03OCT01
ZX25108
UN01JUN01
Service - Separator
OUO6075,0001987 1926JUL011/1
OUO6075,0001928 1902JUL011/1
130-10
101801
PN=396
H69073
ZX25097
H56016
Service - Separator
4/4
3/4
OUO6075,000190C 1928JUN011/1
Shut off engine, remove key, and set parking brake. Loosen nut (A) on clamp (B). Adjust gears (C) until they touch. Back clamp (B) off 0.8 mm (1/32 in.) and tighten nut. Do not run gears too tight.
Shield Removed for Clarity
ANut BClamp CGears
HX,AG,SF7137 1923NOV981/1
130-11
101801
PN=397
H39141
H39452
UN15MAY89
H68706
UN12JUN01
Service - Separator
ATop Belt
BSpring Tensioner
CBottom Belt
DSpring Tensioner
CAUTION: Engine must be off, key removed and parking brake set. To replace the top belt (A) loosen spring tensioner (B). Roll belt under secondary countershaft belt, tailings belt and clean grain belt. Install new belt in reverse order (see belt routing diagram). Tighten spring tensioner until washer aligns with end of gauge.
To replace the bottom belt (C) loosen spring tensioner (D). Remove top belt from pulley then remove bottom belt. Install new belt in reverse order (see belt routing diagram). Tighten bottom spring tensioner until washer aligns with the end of gauge. Install top belt and tighten spring tensioner.
OUO6075,0001925 1928JUN011/1
130-12
101801
PN=398
H69024
UN27JUL01
Service - Separator
OUO6075,0001683 1927APR011/2
Wedge bottom sheave (A) open. Disconnect front arm (B) and swing out of the way. Remove belt (C) from upper and lower sheave. Install new belt. Reinstall shields.
ABottom Sheave BFront Arms CBelt
UN16FEB99
OUO6075,0001683 1927APR012/2
130-13
101801
PN=399
H53050
UN16FEB99
H53059
H53049
UN16FEB99
H51900
UN28JAN99
Service - Separator
HX,AG,SF7140 1913DEC931/2
Tighten adjustment nut (A) until gauge (B) aligns with washer (C). Tighten jam nut.
AAdjustment Nut BGauge CWasher
HX,AG,SF7140 1913DEC932/2
HX,AG,SF7141 1917MAY991/1
130-14
101801
PN=400
H57358
H57358
UN19MAY99
H55853
Service - Separator
NOTE: When the clean grain elevator adjustment has reached the end of the slot, remove one full link and add one half link. Removing a full link can result in difficulty in reattaching the chain ends.
OUO6075,000013F 1901DEC001/1
HX,AG,SF7143 1923NOV981/2
130-15
101801
PN=401
H53060
H53028
Service - Separator
Tighten nut (A) until washer (B) aligns with end of gauge (C).
ANuts BWasher CGauge
UN16FEB99
HX,AG,SF7143 1923NOV982/2
HX,AG,SF7144 1913DEC931/1
HX,AG,SF7145 1913DEC931/1
130-16
101801
PN=402
H63765
H53056
UN16FEB99
H53056
Service - Separator
HX,AG,SF7146 1923NOV981/1
HX,AG,SF7147 1923NOV981/1
130-17
101801
PN=403
H53057
H63766
Remove cap screws (A). Remove knife cover (B) to access knife sections. CAUTION: These blades are sharp. Turn knives over for additional usage.
ACap Screws BKnife Cover
HX,AG,SF7148 1923NOV981/1
135-1
101801
PN=404
H69420
IMPORTANT: Replace any broken or damaged blades immediately. A broken blade will unbalance the straw chopper and cause serious damage. 1. Remove lock nut (A), cap screw (B), washer (C) and bushing (L). IMPORTANT: Straw chopper balance MUST be maintained. Eight blades MUST be installed to replace one broken blade. This MUST be done to keep vibration to a minimum. For example: If blade (D) is broken, replace blades (D), (E), (F) and (G) and blades (H), (I), (J) and (K) on the opposite side. 2. Replace blade and install cap screw (B), washer (C), bushing (L) and lock nut (A). Torque nut to specification.
Specification Chopper Blades Lock Nut Torque ............................................................................................ 60 Nm (44 lb-ft)
ALock Nut BCap Screw CWasher DBlade EBlade FBlade GBlade HBlade IBlade JBlade KBlade LBushing
AG,OUO6023,65 1925JUL001/1
135-2
PN=405
H66676
101801
UN12MAR01
OUO6075,0001975 1924JUL011/1
OUO6075,000190D 1928JUN011/3
Remove shield (A and B) to replace belt (C). Install and tighten shields.
AShield BShield CChopper Belt
OUO6075,000190D 1928JUN012/3
135-3
101801
PN=406
H68717
UN13JUN01
H68716
H69421
OUO6075,000190D 1928JUN013/3
135-4
101801
PN=407
H68716
OUO6075,0000116 1929NOV001/1
IMPORTANT: Always replace both belts as a matched set to insure equal wear. Adjust belt trap (C). Install belt trap (B). If the unloading auger drive will not shut off (disengage) as the new belts stretch (See Unloading Auger Drive Cylinder Adjustment).
ABolts BTrap CBelt Trap DBelts
OUO6075,000190E 1928JUN011/1
140-1
101801
PN=408
H61369
UN05OCT99
H67164
H61784
ANuts BBolts
CNuts DArm
EArm
FAdjustment Nuts
OUO1035,000030B 1920SEP001/2
101801
140-2
PN=409
H59720
UN25AUG99
H59721
UN25AUG99
CAUTION: Set parking brake, shut off engine and remove key. Loosen nuts (A) shown in top view. Loosen nuts (C) and adjust two bolts (B) until top of arm (D) is 657 mm (25-7/8 in.) from side sheet. Tighten nuts (C).
OUO1035,000030B 1920SEP002/2
NOTE: When installing new belts, adjust stop to its original position (stop positioned against barrel of cylinder with rod fully retracted).
OUO6035,0000085 1909NOV001/1
140-3
101801
PN=410
H61370
OUO6035,0000086 1909NOV001/1
Loosen nuts (A) to adjust position of stud plate (B). Stud (C) should be vertically centered in hole in auger. Tighten nuts.
AHardware BPlate CStud
OUO6075,000153B 1922FEB011/1
APlate BStop
OUO6075,000153A 1922FEB011/2
101801
140-4
PN=411
H54581
H66020
H61371
OUO6075,000153A 1922FEB012/2
140-5
101801
PN=412
H66021
1
120 Amp.
2
12 V
88 AH
OUO6075,00013A7 1931JAN011/1
Batteries
The combine is equipped with two batteries, each of 12 V (88 AH). They are connected in parallel.
UN04APR95
OUO6075,00013A8 1931JAN011/1
145-1
101801
PN=413
ZX001596
ZX001595
Battery Service
IMPORTANT: If combine is not in operation for extended periods, remove batteries and store in a cool, dry room where they will not freeze. Charge batteries at least every three months to avoid damage to cell plates. Wash batteries once a week. Remove any terminal corrosion with a brush. Coat battery terminals and cable clamps with petroleum jelly. Make sure that filler cap vent holes are not plugged.
145-2
101801
PN=414
ZX001597
UN27MAR95
Battery Switch
Allows the electrical system to be turned on or off.
ABattery Switch
UN26APR01
OUO6075,0001781 1931MAY011/1
145-3
101801
PN=415
H67695
ZX001598
UN03APR95
AG,OUZXMAY,404 1901DEC991/1
145-4
101801
PN=416
ZX001599
UN04APR95
Welding on Machine
IMPORTANT: Welding on machine can cause damage to the Engine Control Unit (ECU). Always proceed as follows prior to welding on machine. 1. Remove the ground connection of ECU from machine frame. 2. Disconnect the connector from the ECU. 3. Connect the welder ground close to the welding point and be sure ECU or other electronic components are not in the ground path.
OUZXMAG,00007CE 1909SEP001/1
Relays
Relays (A) carry large electrical loads and are controlled by switches. Relays in the central electronics box are on the main power distribution board. #1, #2 and optional power distribution board #3. Relays can be replaced. IMPORTANT: Relays can be pulled out. They are made with a tight fit for good contact. To prevent damage, pull straight out. Do not pry with a screwdriver, etc.
ARelay
OUO6075,000190F 1928JUN011/1
145-5
101801
PN=417
H67395
UN06APR01
K1Threshing Clearance Increase K2Threshing Clearance Decrease K3Vane Angle Adjust Left K4Vane Angle Adjust Right
K5Fan Speed Increase K6Fan Speed Decrease K7Auger Fold K8Auger Unfold K15Beacon Lamps
K16Right Turn Lamps K17Driving Lamps K18Left Turn Lamps K19Stubble Lamps K204 Field/Road Lamps
K212 Field Lamps K22Start Interlock K23Delayed Power CC6 K24Transmission Lockout K25Rear Lamps
OUO6075,0001910 1928JUN011/1
145-6
H68924
UN03JUL01
101801
PN=418
F1Left Control Unit Power F2Control Circuit Power F3Light Power 3 F4Light Power 4 F5Light Power 2 F6Service Accessory Power F7Press. Fan Power F8Motor Power F9Light Power 5 F10Recirculation Fan Power F11Fan Speed Adjust Power
F12Conv. Outlet Switched Power F13Unused F14Unused F15Unused F16Service Lamp Power (Optional Work Lights) F17Electronic Power F18Light Power 1 F19Conv. Outlet Unswitched Power
F20Unswitched Electronic Power F21Ignition Switch - Batt. Power F22Service Light Power (Cleaning Shoe Lights, Engine Platform Lights) F23Unused F24VP44 Rotary Pump Power (9540 Combine Only)
F25Engine Control Unit Power F26Unused F27Unused F28Header Control Unit Power F40Spare 30 Amp F41Spare 20 Amp
OUO6075,0001911 1928JUN011/1
145-7
H67408
101801
PN=419
UN11APR01
K1Left Control Unit Power K2Control Circuit Power K3Press. Fan Power K4Motor Power K5Fan Speed Adjust Power
K6Recirculation Fan Power K7Unused K8Conv. Outlet Switched Power K9Electronic Power
K10Service Lamp Power (Optional Work Lights) K11Header Control Unit Power K12VP44 Rotary Pump Power (9540 Combine Only)
OUO6075,0001915 1928JUN011/1
145-8
H67473
101801
PN=420
UN11APR01
OUO1035,000031C 1920SEP001/1
Replacing Bulbs
If all of the lights fail in a particular system at the same time, check for a failed fuse or relay. If a single light fails, bulb may be burned out. If problem is other than fuse, relay or bulb, see your John Deere dealer.
HX,AG,SF7162 1923AUG971/1
145-9
101801
PN=421
H59774
UN30AUG99
TS266
UN23AUG88
NOTE: Center two head lamps are infrared. All others are halogen lamps.
Remove three screws (A) evenly and remove headlamp (B). Disconnect wiring (C). Clean dirt from headlamp. Push in and twist retainer ring (D) counterclockwise. Bulb pulls straight out. When installing headlamp, adjust as follows: IMPORTANT: Over tightening the screws until they bottom out can break the headlamp. Start with the two end screws first, then the bottom screw last. Adjust the screws until all three tabs are flush with the panel.
AScrews BHeadlamp CWiring DRetainer Ring
HX,AG,SF7164 1904MAR991/1
145-10
101801
PN=422
H39475
UN30JUN00
HX,AG,SF7165 1904MAR991/1
Remove screws and cover. Disconnect wiring lead. Clean dirt from light. Push in and twist retainer ring counterclockwise. Bulb pulls straight out. Install new bulb in reverse order.
OUO6075,00013AA 1931JAN011/1
145-11
101801
PN=423
H65913
UN24JAN01
H65912
H54495
UN09MAR99
H54330
OUO1035,0000321 1920SEP001/1
OUO1035,0000322 1920SEP001/1
145-12
101801
PN=424
H51670
H49824
OUO6075,00015D5 1903APR011/1
OUO6075,0001784 1931MAY011/1
145-13
101801
PN=425
H68388
UN04JUN01
H66115
H67165
AG,OUO1035,1591 1924JAN001/1
HX,SERVES,V 1922JUL991/1
145-14
101801
PN=426
H51673
H44231
OUO6075,00013C1 1902FEB011/1
HX,AG,SF7172 1905NOV901/1
145-15
101801
PN=427
H57295
UN18MAY99
H40946
UN12JUL89
H51562
UN02MAR99
H66146
Basic Electrical Component Handling / Precautions For Vehicles Equipped With Computer Controlled Systems
Electrical Precautions To Take: Never disconnect the batteries while the key switch is running. Why: This can cause electrical voltage spikes that can damage electronic components. Do not connect jumper cables while the key switch is on. Why: This can cause electrical voltage spikes that can damage electronic components. Disconnect batteries prior to recharging (if possible). Why: Electrical loads in the system can slow the recharging process. Battery chargers can cause electrical voltage spikes that can damage electronic components. Never jump start the machine with a voltage higher than the machine is designed to operate on. Why: This can damage electronic components. Do not connect or disconnect electrical connectors while the key switch is on or the machine is running. Why: This can cause computer system errors from interrupting a computer program while it is running and electrical voltage spikes that are produced can damage electronic components. Do not apply power or ground to any component as a test unless specifically instructed to do so. Why: Connecting the wrong voltage to the wrong point of an electronic system can cause electronic component failures. When welding on the machine, make sure to connect ground lead to the parts being welded. For maximum protection, disconnect all electronic controller connectors before welding. Why: High currents associated with welding can damage wiring harnesses that are involved in the ground path. Welding can also cause electrical voltage spikes that can damage electronic components.
AG,OUO1035,2118 1901MAY001/1
Starter
If starter fails to operate or operates sluggishly, the cause may not be in starter but one of the following: Loose, dirty, broken or corroded cables and wires. Low battery output. Run down batteries. Crankcase oil of wrong viscosity.
Remove access panel in grain tank to get at starter. If these checks do not correct the problem, see your John Deere dealer.
HX,AG,SF7179 1923AUG971/1
145-16
101801
PN=428
H49047
UN25JUL97
OUO6075,00015D6 1903APR011/1
If the clutch (A) will not work, check the following: Check and tighten all electrical connections between clutch and batteries. Examine wiring and repair as needed. Clean any grease from drive plate friction surface. Check drive plate for free movement. Voltage across hot terminals must be 11 volts minimum with engine off and electric clutch on. If voltage light on the display panel is off, the electrical system has a minimum of 11 volts. If these checks do not correct the problem, see your John Deere dealer.
AHeader Clutch
OUO6075,0001917 1928JUN011/1
145-17
101801
PN=429
H68538
H67126
UN02APR01
Antenna Mounting
To install a radio or a CB radio see your John Deere dealer. A additional antenna mount (A) is located in the center of the cab roof. A additional antenna cable (B) is located on the right-hand side of the cab under the armrest console.
AAdditional Antenna Mount BAdditional Antenna Cable
HX,AG,SF7182 1901SEP981/1
145-18
101801
PN=430
H65641
UN20DEC00
H64104
UN01JUN00
OUO6075,0001989 1926JUL011/1
150-1
101801
PN=431
HX,AG,SF7185 1914MAR971/1
150-2
101801
PN=432
X9811
UN23AUG88
The accumulator has a volume of 0.7 L (0.19 U.S. gal). The accumulator is maintenance-free and cannot be repaired if damaged.
OUO6075,0001918 1928JUN011/1
AValve
OUO6075,0001919 1928JUN011/1
150-3
101801
PN=433
H68530
H68530
UN05JUN01
Do not adjust clamp (D). At the transmission, shift arm (E) should be straight down as shown. Loosen nut (F) and adjust balljoint (G) until the stud on the balljoint aligns with the hole in shift arm (E). Check for specification at (H).
Specification BalljointDistance......................................................................... 237 mm (9-5/16 in.)
OUO6075,000191B 1928JUN011/1
Brake Fluid
IMPORTANT: When removing reservoir cap, keep contaminants from entering the reservoir. Fluid should be 6 mm (1/4 in.) from top. Fill reservoir with SAE J1703d, DOT-3 or DOT-4 hydraulic brake fluid.
OUO6075,000175C 1930MAY011/1
155-1
101801
PN=434
H68704
H68534
Brake System
If you experience soft or spongy brakes, a loss of braking power or the parking brake will not hold, see your John Deere dealer.
OUO6075,0001511 1921FEB011/1
Release latch (A) and pull out rotary screen door (B). Pull out oil cooler and condenser to clean. Clean out lower vacuum duct after cleaning. Keep fins on cooler straight.
ALatch BRotary Screen Door
OUO6075,000191C 1928JUN011/1
155-2
101801
PN=435
H68535
HX,AG,SF7215 1911SEP921/1
AHoles BAir Duct CPressurizer Fan DPre-Cleaner EAir Filter FRecirculating Filter GRecirculator Blower HDuct
OUO6075,000175D 1930MAY011/1
160-1
101801
PN=436
H59794
H44933
HX,AG,SF7218 1924MAY991/1
HX,AG,SF7221 1909OCT911/1
160-2
101801
PN=437
H54344
H54341
HX,AG,SF7222 1920MAR901/1
Cleaning Condenser
CAUTION: Turn off engine, remove key and set parking brake.
UN02JUL01
OUO6075,000191D 1928JUN011/2
Pull out condenser (A) and oil cooler to clean. Clean oil cooler, condenser and radiator. Clean out lower vacuum duct (B) and duct (C). IMPORTANT: When using high pressure air or water, be careful of fin damage to coolers. Use a fin comb to straighten bent fins. Bent fins will decrease cooler performance. Keep fins on condenser straight. After cleaning, close and latch rotary screen door.
ACondenser BVacuum Duct CDuct
UN03APR01
OUO6075,000191D 1928JUN012/2
160-3
101801
PN=438
H67162
H68535
H54345
UN10MAR99
C
E
D
G
N
UN01AUG01
I
J
OUO6075,000199A 1901AUG011/1
B
A
D
E
F
G
L
M
UN10APR01
101801
J
K
OUO6075,00016CE 1916MAY011/1
160-4
PN=439
H67319
H69505
OUO6075,00016D6 1916MAY011/6
2. To remove alternator belt, insert 13 mm (1/2 in.) drive breaker bar (A) into square hole in idler to release tension on belt. 3. Remove belt (B) from alternator.
A13 mm (1/2 in.) Breaker Bar BBelt
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016D6 1916MAY012/6
4. Remove nut (A) and loosen nut (B) to relieve spring tensioning. 5. Remove spring pin (C) and washer from tensioning rod. 6. Remove tensioning rod from hole to relieve tension. 7. Remove belt (D).
ANut BNut CSpring Pin DBelt
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016D6 1916MAY013/6
101801
160-5
PN=440
H67321
H67317
H67316
OUO6075,00016D6 1916MAY014/6
11. Install rotary screen drive belt (D). 12. Install tensioning rod, washer and spring pin (C). 13. Install and tighten nut (B) until gauge is at the end of spring. 14. Install and tighten nut (A).
ANut BNut CSpring Pin DBelt
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016D6 1916MAY015/6
15. Install fan (B) and tighten fan bolts (A) to specification.
Specification Fan BoltsTorque ......................................................................... 62 Nm (45 lb-ft)
UN05APR01
OUO6075,00016D6 1916MAY016/6
160-6
101801
PN=441
H67316
H67321
H67322
HX,AG,SF7227 1919MAY991/1
OUO6075,000011F 1901DEC001/1
160-7
101801
PN=442
H54348
UN10MAR99
H54347
Trouble Shooting
Feeder House
Symptom Problem Solution
Adjust auger down and back. See header operators manual. Lower reel and set fore-and aft position as close as possible to cutterbar and auger. See platform operators manual. Adjust feeder drum so conveyor slat clears bottom with correct clearance. Adjust conveyor chain to correct tension. Spring-loaded idler must be free and tight against belt. Adjust auger back to stripper. See header operators manual. Place chain on correct sprocket.
Front of feeder conveyor chain adjusted too high. Feeder conveyor chain too tight and holds drum up. Header drive belt slipping.
Feeder conveyor drive chain not on correct sprocket. Feeder conveyor slats bowed up. Dirt and sap buildup on feeder house bottom. Too great a distance between platform auger and feeder house front drum. Header or Reel Will Not Lift Correctly Air in hydraulic system.
Tighten clamps on leaking lines or hoses. Bleed reel lift system. See Platform operators manual.
HX,AG,SF7232 1915APR981/1
165-1
101801
PN=443
Trouble Shooting
Separator
Symptom Problem Solution
Loose belts.
Adjust belts.
Variable speed cylinder belt slipping at slow speed. Hydraulic problem. Concave-to-cylinder spacing too close or too wide. Cylinder speed too slow for crop. Too much material entering cylinder. Backfeeding of Cylinder. Engine not up to correct speed. Separator curtains slowing crop too much. Second concave in upper position.
Increase cylinder speed. Reduce ground speed. See your John Deere dealer. Remove front curtain.
HX,AG,SF7233 1915APR981/4
165-2
101801
PN=444
Trouble Shooting
Symptom Problem
Solution
Test moisture of crop before combining. Increase cylinder speed enough to do a good job of threshing but do not increase speed to the point where grain cracks. Level concave. See your John Deere dealer. Close cylinder-to-concave spacing until tight bar ticks to increase threshing action. Install concave cover plates to keep unthreshed heads from passing through grate. Check feeder conveyor chain tension and float in feeder house. Increase ground speed.
Not enough material entering combine for proper threshing action. Too Much Cracked Grain In Tank. Cylinder speed too fast for crop.
Decrease cylinder speed just enough to stop grain cracking, but still do a good threshing job, and/or open concave slightly. Open cylinder-to-concave spacing just enough to stop cracking. Open sieve slightly to reduce tailings.
Cylinder-to-concave spacing too close. Too much clean grain in tailings, causing grain to crack when rethreshed.
Reduce fan speed. Not enough straw entering combine. Dented auger housings or bent auger shafts cracking grain between flights and housings. Increase ground speed. Remove dents from auger housings and/or straighten bent auger shafts.
HX,AG,SF7233 1915APR982/4
101801
165-3
PN=445
Trouble Shooting
Symptom Problem
Solution
Damaged or missing straw walker curtain. Straw walker overloaded due to incomplete threshing or late threshing at concave. Straw walker openings plugged so threshed grain cannot drop through to walker return pan. Straw walkers overloaded so grain cannot get through material to walker return pan.
Reduce cylinder to concave spacing and/or increase cylinder speed to increase threshing action. Clean out openings in straw walkers.
Raise platform to cut less material. Second concave in low position. Move second concave to high position. Cylinder-to-concave setting too close and/or cylinder speed too fast. Increase spacing. Extend walker pans. Reduce fan speed and/or increase chaffer opening. Remove front curtain.
Straw walker pans not extended. Almost No Chaff in Tailings. Grain Tank Very Clean. Material Lodging On Straw Walker and Not Being Evenly Discharged From Rear of Combine Fan speed is too high and/or chaffer not open far enough. Material catching on straw walker curtain and building up on front of walkers.
Material not flowing evenly to walkers. Some Chaff in Tailings. Grain Tank Clean. Heavy Chaff in Tailings. Grain Tank MAY Range From Good To Dirty. Sieve is closed too tight.
HX,AG,SF7233 1915APR983/4
101801
165-4
PN=446
Trouble Shooting
Symptom Problem
Solution
Chaffer and extension too far open for weedy conditions. Cylinder too fast or concave too tight.
Close pre-cleaner. Increase cylinder speed and/or close cylinder-to-concave spacing. Increase fan speed. Adjust or close pre-cleaner.
Fan speed too slow. Pre-cleaner too far open in corn or pre-cleaner not closed in grain crops.
Chaffer closed.
Open chaffer.
Open pre-cleaner. Adjust fan speed. Check tailings, losses and grain tank. Reduce fan speed.
Chaffer not open far enough. Pre-cleaner not open far enough. High Grain Losses (Occurs at High Feedrates Only). Unloading Auger Will Not Shut Off. Cleaning Shoe Sensors Plugging Up with Trash. Fan speed too low.
Adjust stop.
HX,AG,SF7233 1915APR984/4
165-5
101801
PN=447
Trouble Shooting
Bent or broken parts in control linkage. Frozen or worn ball joints on control cable. Bell crank or pivots binding. Control cable kinked or frozen.
Lubricate or replace.
Lubricate or replace. Replace if needed. Blow air through core and clean. See your John Deere dealer. Check for worn belt. Change filter. Shift to lower gear. See your John Deere dealer. See your John Deere dealer. Tighten connections or replace damaged lines, hoses or O-rings. See your John Deere dealer.
System Overheats.
Oil cooler or radiator plugged. Lack of charge oil flow. Engine fan belt slipping or broken. Plugged oil filter. Exceeding relief valve pressure. Relief valve stuck closed. By-pass valve fails to close.
Loose connections or leaking hydraulic lines, hoses or O-rings. Hydrostatic drive units leaking.
HX,AG,SF7234 1915APR981/3
165-6
101801
PN=448
Trouble Shooting
Symptom Problem
Solution
Shift transmission.
Low on oil.
Check for leaks and correct. Fill reservoir. Tighten connections. Tighten loose linkages or replace as needed. See your John Deere dealer.
Lack of charge flow or charge pressure. Plugged filter. Exceeding maximum operating pressure setting. Drive system unable to build up pressure. Relief valve open. Transmission Hard to Shift or Will Not Shift. Speed range control lever not in neutral. Transmission shift linkage out of adjustment. Damaged, dirty, rusty or pinched shift cable. Internal transmission problem.
Inspect, clean, adjust or replace cable. See your John Deere dealer.
HX,AG,SF7234 1915APR982/3
165-7
101801
PN=449
Trouble Shooting
Symptom Problem
Solution
Low oil.
Check for leaks and correct. Fill reservoir. Tighten line connections and clamps or replace as needed. Change filter. Shift to lower gear.
Plugged filter. Exceeding maximum operating pressure setting. Speed control lever creeps toward neutral. System unable to keep charge pressure. Combine Will Not Stop When Speed Range Selector is in Neutral Position. Lack of Power or Lost Power. Combine Not Responding To Speed Range Selector. Control cable out of adjustment.
Low on oil.
Plugged filter. Lack of charge flow or charge pressure. Leaking or broken oil line or connection.
HX,AG,SF7234 1915APR983/3
165-8
101801
PN=450
Trouble Shooting
Increase hydrostatic pump flow by moving hydrostatic control lever forward. See your John Deere dealer
Bad electrical control switch on console. Bad solenoid valve on control valve. Spool will not move in control valve. Combine Will Not Move When 4-Wheel Drive Is Disengaged. Faulty line or connection between main system and rear wheel drive control valve. Bad electrical control switch on console. Bad solenoid valve on control valve. Spool will not work in control valve. Rear Wheels Wander During Transport Speeds. Toe-in out of adjustment.
See your John Deere dealer. See your John Deere dealer. Repair or replace parts as needed.
See your John Deere dealer. See your John Deere dealer. Adjust toe-in.
HX,AG,SF7235 1915APR981/1
Steering
Symptom Problem Solution
Rear Wheels Wander During Transport Speeds. Steering Arms Do Not Contact Stops at Full Turns. Hard Steering.
Adjust toe-in.
Adjust cylinder.
Add oil.
HX,AG,SF7236 1913DEC931/1
165-9
101801
PN=451
Trouble Shooting
Brakes
Symptom Problem Solution
Add brake fluid. See your John Deere dealer. See your John Deere dealer. See your John Deere dealer. Adjust park brake. See your John Deere dealer.
HX,AG,SF7237 1909OCT911/1
165-10
101801
PN=452
Trouble Shooting
Engine
Symptom Problem Solution
No fuel.
Fill tank with correct fuel and bleed air from system. Change filter. Move multi-function lever to neutral. Drain, flush, fill and bleed system. Replace filter and bleed air. Use correct fuel for operating conditions. Check wiring to fuel pump. See your John Deere dealer. Clean and tighten all connections on batteries and starter relay. Drain and fill crankcase with oil of correct viscosity and quality. See your John Deere dealer. Add oil of correct viscosity. Bleed fuel system. See your John Deere dealer. See your John Deere dealer. See your John Deere dealer. Write the code on a piece of paper and call your John Deere dealer.
Clogged water filter. Switches not in correct positions. Water, dirt or air in fuel system. Clogged fuel filter. Wrong type of fuel.
Fuel pump disconnected. Dirty or faulty injectors. Too much resistance in starting circuit. Crankcase oil of too heavy viscosity.
Low compression. Engine Knocks Low oil. Air in fuel system. Injection pump out of time. Injection nozzle valve sticking. Internal engine problem. Triple Display Tachometer Displays Engine Stop Code (1) Electronic engine control is sending a diagnostic code to the tachometer.
HX,AG,SF7238 1915APR981/5
165-11
101801
PN=453
Trouble Shooting
Symptom Problem
Solution
Change filter. Replace filter and bleed the fuel system. Clean filter vent. Drain, flush, fill and bleed system. See your John Deere dealer. See your John Deere dealer. See your John Deere dealer. Change filter. See "Engine Overheats" below. Clean air cleaner. Replace filter and bleed system. Replace filter. Clean filter vent. Engine loses horsepower with increases in altitude. Use correct type of fuel for high altitude. See your John Deere dealer. See your John Deere dealer. Check for air leaks and repair.
Clogged fuel tank filter vent. Water, dirt or air in fuel system. Dirty or faulty injectors. Injection pump out of time. Bent push rods or sticky valves. Lack of Power. Clogged water filter. Overheated engine. Intake air restriction. Clogged fuel filter. Clogged water filter. Clogged fuel tank filter vent. High altitude operation.
Dirty or faulty injectors. Injection pump out of time. Air intake leaks.
HX,AG,SF7238 1915APR982/5
165-12
101801
PN=454
Trouble Shooting
Symptom Problem
Solution
Engine Overheats.
Fill radiator with coolant to the correct level. Check hoses and radiator for leaks or loose connections. Clean radiator and rotary screen.
Dirty cooling system radiator core or rotary cooling screen. Rotary cooling screen not turning.
Loose or broken fan belt. Cooling system limed up. Defective thermostats. Vacuum duct plugged. Fan on low speed. Low Oil Pressure. Low oil level.
Replace worn belt. Drain and flush cooling system. See your John Deere dealer. Clean duct. Increase speed. Check crankcase oil level and add oil if needed. Drain and fill crankcase with oil of correct viscosity. Clean oil cooler. Check air cleaner and clean air intake. Check for leaks in lines and around gaskets and drain plugs. Drain and fill crankcase with oil of the correct viscosity. Clean oil cooler. See your John Deere dealer. See your John Deere dealer.
Oil cooler plugged. Engine Uses Too Much Oil. Restricted air intake system.
Oil leaks.
HX,AG,SF7238 1915APR983/5
101801
165-13
PN=455
Trouble Shooting
Symptom Problem
Solution
Clean air cleaner. Use correct type of fuel for operating conditions. See your John Deere dealer. See your John Deere dealer. Check air cleaner for plugging. Filter element must be clean. Use correct type of fuel for operating conditions. See your John Deere dealer. Bleed fuel system. Check muffler for possible damage that might create back pressure. See your John Deere dealer. Warm engine to normal operating temperature. See your John Deere dealer. Low cetane fuel will cause misfiring. Use only fuel which has correct cetane number. See your John Deere dealer. Adjust belt or replace worn belt. Clean and tighten battery connections. See your John Deere dealer.
Dirty or faulty injectors. Engine out of time. Engine Blows Black Or Gray Exhaust Smoke. Clogged or dirty air cleaner.
Engine out of time. Engine Blows White Exhaust Smoke. Cold engine.
Defective thermostats. Batteries Will Not Charge. Loose or defective alternator belt. Loose or corroded connections.
HX,AG,SF7238 1915APR984/5
101801
165-14
PN=456
Trouble Shooting
Symptom Problem
Solution
Loose or corroded battery connections. Key switch worn or terminals loose. Too high viscosity crankcase oil.
Check switch and terminals. Drain and fill crankcase with oil of correct viscosity and quality.
HX,AG,SF7238 1915APR985/5
Heater
Symptom Problem Solution
Dirty recirculating filter. No thermostat in water outlet manifold. Defective thermostat in water outlet manifold. Heater temperature control defective. Kinked heater hose. Defective heater valve.
See your John Deere dealer. Straighten or replace. Replace valve. See you John Deere dealer.
HX,AG,SF7239 1915APR981/1
165-15
101801
PN=457
Trouble Shooting
Air Conditioning
Symptom Problem Solution
Temperature slide lever in OFF position. Compressor belt off or broken. Compressor not functioning (if both the large and small hoses in the left-hand access panel are at the same temperature). High-pressure switch on - insufficient air flow across condenser.
Clean condenser. Check fan belt condition. Check engine fan speed belt position. Check rotary screen function. If this does not correct problem, see your John Deere dealer. Clean filters. Check cab fan operation. If this does not correct problem, see your John Deere dealer. Move slide lever to warmer setting.
Low-pressure switch on - low outside air temperature. Low-pressure switch on - insufficient refrigerant level (bubbles in sight glass). Heater valve partially on - (with temperature lever in max. air conditioning, feel both heater hoses on right-hand side of cab. If both are warm, valve is open). Compressor clutch cycles excessively or compressor stays off up to 15 minutes. Evaporator icing.
Adjust control rod through tray opening. Move lever to OFF. Loosen set screw in balljoint and when applying slight pressure down on rod, tighten balljoint. Adjust controls correctly. See Operators Station section. Open louvers. Clean filters. Move lever to warmer setting.
HX,AG,SF7240 1915APR981/2
101801
165-16
PN=458
Trouble Shooting
Symptom Problem
F
Solution
Blow out condensate tube and clean pan under evaporator. Clean filters. Vacuum out cab. Be certain weep valve in condensate drain tube is installed.
HX,AG,SF7240 1915APR982/2
165-17
101801
PN=459
Storage
Preparing Combine for Storage
Swing out condenser and oil cooler. Clean radiator with air, water or a vacuum cleaner. Clean condenser and oil cooler after cleaning radiator. Clean the charge air cooler. Every 60 to 90 days start engine and turn air conditioning on. Run engine at low idle for several minutes for compressor seal lubrication. Outside temperature should be above 5C (40F) for proper air conditioning operation. Clean outside of engine with a safe solvent. CAUTION: Do not use gasoline. Clean inside of air cleaner and install new elements. With engine warm, drain crankcase. Replace filter and fill with correct oil. Add 0.66L (22 oz.) of corrosion inhibitor to crankcase. Run engine to circulate. Drain, flush, and refill cooling system with 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and water. See Lubrication and Maintenance section. Add .94L (1 qt.) of RE23182 coolant conditioner. Run engine to circulate. Drain water separator. Remove and clean batteries. Store them in a cool dry place and keep them charged. Clean combine inside and out. Leave elevator doors and drain covers open. Cycle concave up and down several times to prevent material buildup in the concave area. IMPORTANT: Do not use high pressure washer spray directly on bearings. High pressure water can get past most seals and cause damage. Dry these areas, then lube and run combine. Repaint areas where needed.
OUO6075,000175E 1930MAY011/2
101801
170-1
PN=460
Storage
Lubricate combine and grease adjusting bolt threads. Perform all 400 hour (yearly) service. Fill fuel tank to prevent condensation.
OUO6075,000175E 1930MAY012/2
OUO1035,0000369 1920SEP001/1
170-2
101801
PN=461
Specifications
Operating Speeds
Speeds shown are average and can vary from machine to machine. Speeds are rated at high idle with separator engaged, no load.
OUO6075,000191E 1928JUN011/2
175-1
101801
PN=462
Specifications
Engine:
Slow Idle
Slow Idle
Mid Speed
Mid Speed
Fast Idle
Fast Idle
Rated Speed
Rated Speed
Separator Drive Shaft Speed
Power Separator Speed
Main Countershaft Speed
Cylinder Speed:
Standard Range
Dual Range
Feeder House Lower Shaft:
Fixed Speed
Secondary Countershaft:
Cleaning Fan:
Standard
Clean Grain Elevator
Tailings Elevator
Shoe Crankshaft
Straw Walkers
Unloading Auger Countershaft
Loading Auger:
9540, 9640, 9560 and 9580
9660 and 9680
Inner Grain Tank Unloading Augers:
Front
Rear
Vertical and Horizontal Unloading Augers:
Vertical High
Vertical Low
Horizontal High
Horizontal Low
Fine Cut Chopper:
Speed
Straw Spreader Shaft
Shoe Grain Supply Augers Shaft
520 rpm
530 rpm
750-1600 rpm
400 rpm
430 rpm
280 rpm
150 rpm
1060 rpm
430 rpm
430 rpm
405 rpm
390 rpm
440 rpm
360 rpm
405 rpm
380 rpm
3620 rpm
235 rpm
405 rpm
OUO6075,000191E 1928JUN012/2
175-2
101801
PN=463
Specifications
HX,CTSSP,C 1922DEC951/1
Sound Level
The A-weight sound pressure levels inside the operators station ranged from 74.3 76.2 dB(A) as measured on several representative machines in accordance with ISO 5131. The sound pressure level depends upon the engine speed and load, separator settings, field and crop conditions and the type of platform used.
OUO6075,0000245 1907DEC001/1
Turning Radius
Combine Model
9540, 9640, 9560 and 9580
9660, 9680
Turning Radius
7.4 m (24 ft. 2 in.)
7.1 m (22 ft. 9 in.)
HX,AG,SF7249 1910JUN991/1
175-3
101801
PN=464
Specifications
John Deere
6068HZ
six-cylinder, in line, valve-in-head, diesel turbocharged
9540 151 kW (202 hp)
6.8 L (414 cu. in.)
107 x 110 mm (4.20 x 4.33 in.)
1-5-3-6-2-4
Dry Type with Safety Element
82C (180F)
12 volt, negative ground with 120 amp alternator
three speeds
hydraulic shoe
10
13 open bar
8
open bar two-position adjustable
10
adjustable
straw walkers
Lip
5
Retractable, in-line
15
7,500 L (213 bu.)
4,200 L/min. (120 bu./min.)
10,700 kg (23,594 lb.)
700 L (185 gal.)
36 L (38 U.S. qts.)
18.9 L (20 U.S. qts.)
9.6 L (10 U.S. qts.)
8.5 L (9 U.S. qts.)
0.9 L (2 U.S. pts.)
1.2 L (2-1/2 U.S. pts.)
400 cc (14 oz.)
1.9 L (2 U.S. qts.)
16 L (17 U.S. qts.)
Finger Bar:
Separator:
Straw Walkers:
Type
Type
Type
Number of walkers:
Power Separator:
Type
Number of fingers:
Grain Tank:
Capacity
Average Unloading Rate
Weight:
Capacities:
The hp/kW rating on the engine emissions certificate label specifies the gross engine hp/kW, which is flywheel power without fan. In most applications this will not be the same rating as advertised vehicle hp/kW rating.
OUO6075,0001923 1928JUN011/2
101801
175-4
PN=465
Specifications
Loading Auger Gearcase
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Reservoir
OUO6075,0001923 1928JUN012/2
175-5
101801
PN=466
Specifications
John Deere
6081HZ
six-cylinder, in line, valve-in-head, diesel turbocharged
9560 175 kW (235 hp) 9580, 9640 200 kW (268 hp) 9660 222 kW (298 hp) 9680 247 kW (331 hp)
8.1 L (499 cu. in.)
116 x 129 mm (4.56 x 5.08 in.)
1-5-3-6-2-4
Dry Type with Safety Element
82C (180F)
12 volt, negative ground with 120 amp alternator
three speeds
hydraulic shoe
Displacement
Bore and Stroke:
Firing Order
Air Cleaner
Thermostats (Two)
Electrical System:
Transmission:
Brakes:
Cylinder:
Concave:
Beater:
Second Concave:
10
13 open bar
8
open bar two-position adjustable
10
adjustable
straw walkers
Lip
5
6
Retractable, in-line
15 18
7,500 L (213 bu.)
8,000 L (227 bu.)
8,000 L (227 bu.)
9,000 L (255 bu.)
11,000 L (312 bu.)
4200 L/min. (120 bu./min.)
11,230 kg (24,762 lb.)
700 L (185 gal.)
40 L (42 U.S. qts.)
45 L (48 U.S. qts.)
Finger Bar:
Separator:
Straw Walkers:
Type
Type
Type
Number of walkers: (9560, 9580)
Number of walkers: (9640, 9660, 9680)
Power Separator:
Type
Number of fingers: 9560, 9580 9640, 9660, 9680
Grain Tank:
Capacity (9560)
Capacity (9580)
Capacity (9640)
Capacity (9660)
Capacity (9680)
Average Unloading Rate
Weights:
Capacities:
a The hp/kW rating on the engine emissions certificate label specifies the gross engine hp/kW, which is flywheel power without fan. In most applications this will not be the same rating as advertised vehicle hp/kW rating.
OUO6075,0001922 1928JUN011/2
101801
175-6
PN=467
Specifications
Engine crankcase (with filter)
Transmission
Final Drives (each)
Feeder House Reverser Gearcase
Primary Countershaft Gearcase
Beater/Straw Walker Drive Gearcase
Dual-Range Cylinder Drive Gearcase
Engine Gearcase
Loading Auger Gearcase
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Reservoir
OUO6075,0001922 1928JUN012/2
Dimensions
DIMENSION
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
a
OUO6075,00019D8 1909AUG011/1
175-7
101801
PN=468
Specifications
OUO6089,000004F 1929JUN011/1
175-8
101801
PN=469
ZX25212
UN29JUN01
Specifications
Top, Property Class and Head Markings; Bottom, Property Class and Nut Markings
Class 4.8
Size
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M27
M30
M33
M36
a
b
Class 10.9
Lubricated Nm (lb-ft)
13 (9.5)
32 (23.5)
63 (46)
110 (80)
175 (130)
275 (200)
375 (275)
530 (390)
725 (535)
920 (680)
1350 (1000)
1850 (1350)
2500 (1850)
3200 (2350)
a
Class 12.9
b
Lubricated Nm (lb-ft)
4.7 (3.5)
11.5 (8.5)
23 (17)
40 (29.5)
63 (46)
100 (74)
135 (100)
190 (140)
265 (195)
330 (245)
490 (360)
660 (490)
900 (665)
Dry Nm (lb-ft)
6 (4.4)
14.5 (10.7)
29 (21)
50 (37)
80 (59)
125 (92)
170 (125)
245 (180)
330 (245)
425 (315)
625 (460)
850 (625)
1150 (850)
1450 (1075)
Lubricated Nm (lb-ft)
9 (6.6)
22 (16)
43 (32)
75 (55)
120 (88)
190 (140)
265 (195)
375 (275)
510 (375)
650 (480)
950 (700)
Dry Nm (lb-ft)
11.5 (8.5)
28 (20.5)
55 (40)
95 (70)
150 (110)
240 (175)
330 (245)
475 (350)
650 (480)
820 (600)
1200 (885)
1630 (1200)
2200 (1625)
2850 (2100)
Dry Nm (lb-ft)
16.5 (12.2)
40 (29.5)
80 (59)
140 (105)
220 (165)
350 (255)
475 (350)
675 (500)
920 (680)
1150 (850)
1700 (1250)
2300 (1700)
3150 (2325)
4050 (3000)
Lubricateda Nm (lb-ft)
15.5 (11.5)
37 (27.5)
75 (55)
130 (95)
205 (150)
320 (235)
440 (325)
625 (460)
850 (625)
1080 (800)
1580 (1160)
2140 (1580)
2900 (2150)
3750 (2770)
Dryb Nm (lb-ft)
19.5 (14.5)
47 (35)
95 (70)
165 (120)
260 (190)
400 (300)
560 (410)
790 (580)
1080 (800)
1350 (1000)
2000 (1475)
2700 (2000)
3700 (2730)
4750 (3500)
1290 (950)
1750 (1300)
2250 (1650)
1150 (850)
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
"Dry" means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication.
Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening. Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut, not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full torque value.
DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are for general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical property class.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher property class. If higher property class fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original.
DX,TORQ2 1901OCT991/1
175-9
101801
PN=470
TORQ2
UN07SEP99
Specifications
Top, SAE Grade and Head Markings; Bottom, SAE Grade and Nut Markings
Grade 1 (No Mark)
Size
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
Grade 8 or 8.2
Lubricatedb Nm (lb-ft)
13.5 (10)
28 (20.5)
49 (36)
80 (59)
120 (88)
175 (130)
240 (175)
425 (315)
690 (510)
1030 (760)
1450 (1075)
2050 (1500)
2700 (2000)
3600 (2650)
Lubricated Nm (lb-ft)
3.8 (2.8)
7.7 (5.7)
13.5 (10)
22 (16)
34 (25)
48 (35.5)
67 (49)
120 (88)
190 (140)
285 (210)
400 (300)
570 (420)
750 (550)
990 (730)
Dry Nm (lb-ft)
4.7 (3.5)
9.8 (7.2)
17.5 (13)
28 (20.5)
42 (31)
60 (45)
85 (63)
150 (110)
240 (175)
360 (265)
510 (375)
725 (535)
950 (700)
1250 (930)
Dry Nm (lb-ft)
7.5 (5.5)
15.5 (11.5)
27.5 (20)
44 (32.5)
67 (49)
95 (70)
135 (100)
240 (175)
240 (175)
360 (265)
510 (375)
725 (535)
950 (700)
1250 (930)
Dry Nm (lb-ft)
12 (9)
25 (18.5)
44 (32.5)
70 (52)
110 (80)
155 (115)
215 (160)
380 (280)
615 (455)
920 (680)
1150 (850)
1630 (1200)
2140 (1580)
2850 (2100)
Dryc Nm (lb-ft)
17 (12.5)
35 (26)
63 (46)
100 (74)
155 (115)
220 (165)
305 (225)
540 (400)
870 (640)
1300 (960)
1850 (1350)
2600 (1920)
3400 (2500)
4550 (3350)
a Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
c
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
"Dry" means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication.
Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening. Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut, not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full torque value.
DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are for general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original.
DX,TORQ1 1901OCT991/1
175-10
101801
PN=471
TORQ1A
UN27SEP99
Specifications
Safety Note Regarding the Subsequent Installation of Electrical and Electronic Appliances and/or Components
The machine is equipped with electronic components whose function may be influenced by electromagnetic radiation from other appliances. Such influences may be hazardous, so take the following safety instructions into account: If electrical and electronic appliances are subsequently installed on the machine and connected to the on board system, the user must verify whether the installation affects the electronics or other components. This applies particularly to: Area counter Personal Computer GPS (Global Positioning System) receiver In particular, subsequently installed electrical/electronic components must comply with the relevant edition of EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, and be CE marked. If mobile communication systems (e.g. radio communication, telephone) are to be installed subsequently, the following extra requirements must be met: Only devices with an approval complying with the valid national regulation (i.e. BZT approval in Germany) shall be installed; The device shall be installed securely; Portable or mobile devices may be operated in the vehicle only if connected to a fixed outside antenna; Transmitters shall be installed separately from the vehicles electronics; The antenna must be installed in a professional manner, with a good ground connection between the antenna and the vehicle ground. Wiring, installation and maximum permissible current supply must be as stated in the installation instructions of the machine manufacturer.
175-11
OUO6075,00019D2 1907AUG011/1
101801
PN=472
Specifications
F
ZX08678,000001B 1921JUN011/1
101801
Declaration of Conformity
John Deere Werke Zweibru cken Homburger Strae 117 D-66482 Zweibru cken The Combine: Models .............................. 9540, 9540HM, 9560, 9560HM, 9580, 9580HM, 9640, 9640HM, 9660, 9660HM, 9680 und 9680HM comply with the EU provisions: 98/37/EEC ..............Machine Directive 89/336/EEC ............EMC Directive and EN632 ............ Combines and Forage Harvesters Zweibru cken 01 May 2001
UN02JUL01
175-12
PN=473
ZXCE600R
OUO6075,000192A 1903JUL011/1
OUO6075,000192B 1903JUL011/1
OUO6075,0001929 1903JUL011/1
180-1
101801
PN=474
H69076
UN03JUL01
ZX017478
UN17JUN99
OUO6075,000192C 1903JUL011/1
OUO6075,000192D 1903JUL011/1
OUO6075,0001762 1930MAY011/1
180-2
101801
PN=475
H43678
UN10JUL91
H69087
UN16JUL01
H69086
UN16JUL01
Engine Gearcase
Located on the back side.
HX,AG,SF7262 1911SEP921/1
Transmission
Located on the side of the transmission.
HX,AG,SF7263 1910OCT971/1
180-3
101801
PN=476
H69088
UN16JUL01
H44937
UN03AUG92
Index
Page Page
A
Access cover for clean grain Eeevator . . . . . . . 90-17 Accessory drive belt, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-15 Accumulator (general information) . . . . . . . . . . 150-3 Activation, buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-29 Adjust rotary screen knife comb . . . . . . . . . . . 120-20 Adjust swing cylinder eyebolt . . . . . . . . .100-7, 140-4 Adjust, automatic combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1 Adjusting Engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Adjusting fore/aft tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-4 Adjusting precleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15 Adjusting spreader disk vanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-5 Adjustment, clean grain elevator belt . . . . . . . 130-14 Adjustment, second concave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-6 Air conditioning precautions, observing. . . . . . . 160-1 Air conditioning, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 165-16 Aligning, cylinder drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-2 Alternator wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-17 Angle sensor calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-28 Antenna Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-18 Area counter enable calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-46 Area counter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-40 Armrest adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Armrest console, cleaning fan switch . . . . . . . . 20-19 Armrest console, leveling control switch . . . . . . 20-20 Armrest console, separator speed switch . . . . . 20-19 As required, lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . 110-32, 110-33 Auger drive chain, uppertailings, adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-17 Auger support adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . .100-7, 140-4 Automatic calibration, automatic combine adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-5 Automatic combine adjust display. . . . . . . . . . . . 70-3 Automatic combine adjust system. . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1 Automatic combine adjust, crops . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-2 Automatic leveling control switch . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21
Belt adjustment, tailings elevator . . . . . . . . . . 130-16 Belt cylinder, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-5 Belt replacement for clean grain elevator . . . . 130-14 Belt shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-2 Belt, beater, replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-7 Belt, chopper, replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-3 Belt, cleaning fan, replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . 130-13 Belt, cylinder imtermediate, replace . . . . . . . . . 130-4 Belt, elevator,replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-15 Belt, feeder house fixed speed Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85-11, 125-4 Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-2 Belt, rotary screen, routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-17 Belt, secondary countershaft, replacement . . . . 130-8 Belt, secondary countershaft,adjustment . . . . . 130-7 Bleeding fuel lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-7 Bolt torque Drive wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2 Bolt torque, rear wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105-8, 155-1 Brake pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-12, 55-2 Brake, parking, manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1 Brakes, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-10 Break-in check - first 100 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-8 Break-in check, after 100 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-8 Bulb replacement Dome and console lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-14 Bulbs, replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-9
C
Cab ladder positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1 Cab landing safety chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2 Calibration switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-28 Calibration, clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-59 Calibration, header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-23 Capacities; lubricant, fuel, cooling system . . . . 105-9 Central electronics box (CEB) Relay location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-5 Chaff spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-3 Chaffer finger bar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16 Chaffer fingers, storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-14 Chaffer fingers, using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15 Chaffer, adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16 Chain adjustment, clean grain elevator. . . . . . 130-15 Chain links, conveyor Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6 Chain links, conveyor, removing . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-3 Chain, drive, feeder conveyor, adjusting . . . . . . . 85-8 Chain, drive, feeder conveyor,adjusting . . . . . . 125-3
B
Battery Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-1 Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-4 Battery, booster, connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-4 Beater belt replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-7 Beater speed, 75 percent, optional . . . . . . . . . . 90-13 Beater-belt idler adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-6 Belt adjustment, straw walker gearcase . . . . . 130-10
Index-1
101801
PN=1
Index
Page
Page
Chain, drive, tailings elevator,adjustment . . . . 130-16 Chain, feeder conveyor, adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5 Chain, paddle, tailings elevator,adjustment. . . 130-17 Check engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-4 Checking Battery electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-2 Battery specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-3 Chop to drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-3 Chopper Adjusting vanes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2 Chopper vane angle calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-56 Chopper vane switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20 Chopper vanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2 Chopper, (general information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1 Clean grain elevator belt,adjustment. . . . . . . . 130-14 Clean grain elevator chain adjustment . . . . . . 130-15 Clean grain top access cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-17 Cleaning combine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-34 Cleaning fan drive, slow-speed(optional) . . . . . 90-14 Cleaning fan speed switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-19 Cleaning out the combine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1 Cleaning shoe auger gear, adjusting . . . . . . . 130-11 Cleaning shoe light bulb replacement . . . . . . . 145-13 Cleaning shoe lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-12 Cleaning, panels composite Panels, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-5 Clear service indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-62 CLIMATRAK air conditioning system- . . . . . . . . 160-1 Clutch, electromagnetic, header drive. . . . . . . 145-17 Clutch, slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-9 Clutch, slip, tailings elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18 Cold weather operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-10 Combine Removing from storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170-2 Combine and corn head check list . . . . . . . . . . . 75-6 Combine cleanout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-34 COMFORTCOMMAND air suspension seat . . . . 35-8 Compressor drive belt replacement . . . . . . . . . 160-5 Concave clearance switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-18 Concave closure plates, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-11 Concave closure plates, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-11 Concave sensor zero calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . 30-43 Condenser, cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160-3 Control console adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Control switches, triple display tachometer . . . . 25-42 Controls and instruments Armrest control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3 Corner post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-6 Engine speed switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-14 Gear shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-35 General view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-36
Mirror heater tumbler switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-34 Multi-function lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5 Outside mirror control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-34 Roof console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-8 Start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-37, 45-6 Switch and knob colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2 Coolant Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-3 Coolant conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-4 Coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2 Cooler, after, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-19 Cooling compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7 Cooling system, drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-10 Cooling system, winterizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-12 Corn kernel loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-7 Corner post, header width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-20 Corner post, lateral tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-22 Corner Post, reel position resume . . . . . . . . . . 25-26 Corner post, return to cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-18 Counter knife bank replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-3 Crankshaft damper, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-34 Crop settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1 Crops, automatic combine adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-2 Cross auger drive shear bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-5 Cross auger drive, grain tank,adjustment . . . . . 140-1 Curtains, separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-13 Cylinder access door, setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9 Cylinder belt idler adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-3 Cylinder belt, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-5 Cylinder drive gap, adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-1 Cylinder drive, aligning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-2 Cylinder eyebolt adjustment . . . . . . . . . .100-7, 140-4 Cylinder intermediate belt, replace . . . . . . . . . . 130-4 Cylinder vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9 Cylinder, hydraulic, safety stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1 Cylinder, power unplugging of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
D
Deck plate sensor zero, calibration. . . . . . . . . . 30-51 Diagnostic addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1 Diagnostic icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-48 Diagnostic Trouble Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2 Armrest Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-12 Cornerpost Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-14 Engine Control Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-7 Header Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-16 Left Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-19 Left Control Unit 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-20 Right Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-18
Index-2
101801
PN=2
Index
Page
Page
Tailings Master Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-15 DIAL-A-SPEED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-21 DIAL-A-SPEED control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-12 Diesel engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-5 Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-1 Dimension reference points Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-8 Dimensions Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-7 Dimmer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2 Disk vane adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-5 Door, access, straw walkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-12 Door, cylinder access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2 Door, engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1 Door, feeder house,bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-3 Doors, feeder house . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2 Drain holes, grain tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-1 Drive adjustment for unloading auger . . . . . . . . 140-2 Drive belt (6.8 Engine) Routing (6.8 Liter Engine) . . . . . . . . .120-14, 160-4 Drive belt (8.1 Engine) Routing (8.1 Liter Engine) . . . . . . . . .120-14, 160-4 Drive belt, unloading auger, replacement . . . . . 140-1 Drive chain, auger, upper tailings, adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-17 Drive chain, feeder conveyor, adjusting . . . . . . .85-8, 125-3 Drive chain, tailings elevator, adjustment . . . . 130-16 Drive cylinder, unloading auger, adjustment . . .100-6, 140-3 Drive cylinder, unloading auger,replacing . . . . .100-6, 140-4 Drive wheel starter stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4 Drive, cleaning fan, slow-speed (optional) . . . . 90-14 Drive, direct, high-range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6 Drives, cylinder, Dual-Range POSI- TORQ . . . . 90-4 Drives, left-hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1 Drives, right-hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3 Driving the combine Adjusting engine speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Engaging a gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2 Forward travel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Ground speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-4 Hydrostatic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5 Raising header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Reverse travel alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-4 Road safety switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1 Steering and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1 Drum height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-7 Dual-range cylinder drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5
E
Electrical system Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-5 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-1 Electro feeder house reverser switch . . . . . . . . 20-10 Element, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-22 Element, safety, inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-21 Element, washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-22 Emergency exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5, 35-6 Engine Operation in hot weather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-9 Engine access panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-2 Engine compartment relay panel Fuse identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-7 Relay identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-8 Engine fan belt, replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-13 Engine gearcase location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180-3 Engine oil Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-4 Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-5 Engine oil,check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-4 Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180-1 Engine, breaking in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-6 Engine, compartment, cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1 Engine, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-11 Engine,stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-12 Engine,warming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-5 Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2 Evaporator filter, removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160-2 Exit lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-9
F
Factory Crop2 settings, automatic calibration . . . 70-5 Factory Crop2 settings, manual calibration . . . . . 70-6 Feeder conveyor speed, changing . . . . . . . . . . . 85-7 Feeder house belt, fixed speed Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85-11, 125-4 Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-2 Feeder house conveyor float Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6 Feeder house reaction speed knobs. . . . . . . . . 20-14 Feeder house reverser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-38 Feeder house side shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1 Feeder house top shaft sprockets . . . . . . . . . . 85-10 Feeder house, top shaft stripper adjustment. . . 85-10 Feeder house, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-1 Feeder house/reel pump belt replacement . . . 130-10 Feedplate seal support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-3
Index-3
101801
PN=3
Index
Page
Page
Field area counter clear calibration. . . . . . . . . . 30-48 Field light, bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-11 Field lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-6 Field office seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7 Field total area counter clear calibration . . . . . . 30-49 Fire extinguisher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Flaps, sunflower, straw walker . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-14 Float calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-37, 30-40 Float, feeder house conveyor Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6 Fore/Aft tilt frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-4 Forward travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Four wheel drive switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-17, 55-7 Four-wheel drive (optional), troubleshooting . . . 165-9 Fresh air filter,cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160-2 Front concave closure plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-11 Fuel Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-1 Fuel filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-6 Fuel filter replacement, (9540 combine) . . . . . . 120-5 Fuel filter, replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-6 Fuel level, check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3 Fuel lines, bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120-7, 120-8 Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3, 120-2, 120-3 Fuel system (9540 combine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3 Fuel system, bleeding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-9 Fuel tank and cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-4 Fuel tank, draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-5 Fuel tank, filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-2
Grease Extreme pressure and multipurpose . . . . . . . 105-7 GREENSTAR printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-4, 35-5 Gull wing doors, access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-1
H
Harvesting hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1 Harvesting time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1 Header Raising/lowering valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150-3 Header engage switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10 Header ground pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-24 Header height and pressure control . . . . . . . . . 20-11 Header lift switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-31 Header width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-20 Header width calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-21 Header, calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-23 HEADERTRAK control display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11 HEADERTRAK control module . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10 HEADERTRAK indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-11 Heater, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-15 High beam indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7 High pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160-7 High-range direct drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6 Hillmaster leveling system . . . . .20-22, 20-23, 20-24, 20-25 Hitch, trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-36 Hydraulic cylinder safety stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-1 Hydraulic system (general information). . . . . . . 150-1 Hydraulic system, cleanliness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150-2 Hydrostatic drive unit motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180-2 Hydrostatic drive unit pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180-2 Hydrostatic ground drive, troubleshooting . . . . . 165-6 Hydrostatic oil cooler Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155-2 Hydrostatic oil, level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2 Hydrostatic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5
G
Gear case oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-6 Gear shift lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2 Gear, auger, cleaning shoe, adjusting . . . . . . 130-11 Gearshift linkage, adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155-1 General view of controls and instruments . . . . . . 20-1 Grain tank Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-2 Adjusting full indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-4 Adjusting 3/4 indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-3 Grain tank cover indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5 Grain tank cover switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-15 Grain tank cross auger drive adjustment . . . . . 140-1 Grain tank loading and unloading . . . . . . . . . . . 100-3 Adjusting grain tank full indicator. . . . . . . . . . 100-4 Grain tank covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-2 Grain tank loading auger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-5 Grain tank window, cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-3
I
Idler, cylinder belt, adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-3 Inch torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-10 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-36 Inlet panel, cab roof, cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160-3 Internal Grain Tank Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-3
Index-4
101801
PN=4
Index
Page
Page
K
Knife adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-3 Knife section replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-1
L
Ladder, cab, positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1 Ladder, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-1 Ladder, grain tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-1 Ladder, rear, and landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1 Lateral tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-22 Lateral tilt sensor cable adjustment . . . . . . . . . 30-32 Lateral, lateral tilt switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-32 Left-hand side separator side shields . . . . . . . . 115-4 Light switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1 Light, Engine air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4 Separator drive temp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3 Light, auger conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8 Light, cab interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-6, 40-1 Light, cylinder speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9 Light, engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7 Light, engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9 Light, engine temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6 Light, grain elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8 Light, grain tank full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5 Light, hydraulic oil temp.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3 Light, hydro charge pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6 Light, low fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 Light, park brake on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 Light, separator drive filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 Light, separator drive pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6 Light, straw chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7 Light, tailings elevator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8 Light, unloading auger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10 Lighting, exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-9 Lights, cleaning shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-12 Lights, field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-6 Lights, grain tank, bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 145-12 Lights, head, cab, bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 145-10 Lights, road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-4 Lights, side finder, bulb replacement . . . . . . . 145-12 Lights, stubble and residue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-8 Lights, warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-3 Liquid weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4 Low pressure switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160-7 Low range (reduced-drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6 Low shaft speed monitor General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-49
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-50 Lowering chopper vane board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-4 Lubricant Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-8 Lubrication, as required . . . . . . . . . . .110-32, 110-33 Lubrication, symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-4 Lubrication, 10 hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110-5, 110-7 Lubrication, 200 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-14, 110-15 Lubrication, 2000 hours . . . . 110-29, 110-30, 110-31 Lubrication, 400 hours . . . . . 110-18, 110-19, 110-20, 110-21, 110-24, 110-25, 110-27 Lubrication, 50 hours . . . . . . . . 110-8, 110-9, 110-10, 110-11, 110-12 Lubrication,100 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-13
M
Machine harvesting threshold calibration . . . . . 30-33 Manual calibration, automatic calibration system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-6 Manual parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12 Manual reel speed switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-18 Manual storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4 Metric torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-9 Mirror heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-34 Multi-function lever, adjustable deck plate position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-29 Multi-function lever, adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . 20-26 Multi-function lever, Reel lift/reel fore aft switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-31 Multi-function Lever, stubble height control . . . . 25-16
O
Operating Grain tank covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-2 Hillmaster II leveling system . . . . . . . .20-22, 20-23 Hillmaster leveling system. . . . . . . . . .20-24, 20-25 Operating speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-1 Operating the engine Stalling of engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-12 With booster batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-11 Operators cab Access ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1 Armrest storage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4 Cooling compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5 Recirculator filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5 Outside mirror control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-34
Index-5
101801
PN=5
Index
Page
Page
P
Paddle chain, tailings elevator, adjustment . . . 130-17 Paddles, tailings elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18 Panel, access,engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-2 Pans, extension, straw walker . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-13 Park brakelight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 Parking brake, manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-12, 55-1 Personal crop settings, automatic calibration . . . 70-5 Personal crop settings, manual calibration . . . . . 70-6 Power distribution board Relay identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-6 Power separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-12 Power separator access door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-12 Power shutdown procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-8 Power strip electrical outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6 Pre-starting checks Checks in operators cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5 Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 Lubricate combine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4 Precleaner tool storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15 Predefind settings, automatic combine adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-4 Preliminary adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-34 Preparing combine for storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170-1 Printer, GREENSTAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-4, 35-5 Priority Diagnostic Trouble Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2
Reduced speed unloading system . . . . . . . . . . 100-8 Reel position resume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-26 Reel pump, belt adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-9 Relay identification Power distribution board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-6 Removing air cleaner filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-21 Removing compressor drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . 160-5 Removing header from feeder house . . . . . . . . 85-12 Replace engine accessory drive belt . . . . . . . 120-15 Replacing counter knife bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-3 Replacing engine fan belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-13 Replacing power separator belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-9 Replacing rotary screen drive belt . . . . . . . . . 120-17 Replacing unloading auger drive cylinder . . . . .100-6, 140-4 Return to cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-18 Reverser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-38 Road transport disconnect switch . . . . . . . . . . . 20-16 Road, lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-4 Rotary screen knife comb, adjust . . . . . . . . . . 120-20 Rotary screen, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-19
S
Safety decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 Safety element, inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-21 Safety rules, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1 Screen, rotary, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-19 Screens, perforated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-17 Seat suspension/adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Seat, COMFORTCOMMAND, air suspension . . . 35-8 Second concave adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-6 Second concave curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-12 Secondary countershaft belt adjustment . . . . . . 130-7 Seed loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-4 Separator countershaft strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18 Separator curtains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-13 Separator engage switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-11 Separator loss, display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-33 Separator plugged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4 Separator speed switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-19 Separator, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-2 Service - electrical system Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-1 Battery handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-1 Battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-2 Battery switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-3 Checking battery electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . 145-2 Checking battery specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . 145-3 Connecting batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-4
Q
Quick stop switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-26
R
Radiator, filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-12 Raising chopper vane board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-4 Rate control knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-14 Rear concave closure plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-11 Rear concave inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-10 Rear residue discharge lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-12 Receptacles, service power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-13 Recirculating filter, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160-2
Index-6
101801
PN=6
Index
Page
Page
Installing batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-4 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-1 Welding on machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-5 Service - ground speed drive Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155-2 Service - hydraulic system Raising/lowering header valve. . . . . . . . . . . . 150-3 Service information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-47 Service power receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-13 Service, break-in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1 Service,intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1 Settings, crop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1 Settings, predefined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-4 Shear bolt, cross auger drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-5 Shield, belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-2 Shield, right-hand rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-3 Shields, left-hand side separator . . . . . . . . . . . 115-4 Shoe loss, display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-33 Sieve, adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16 Single-range cylinder drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5 Slip clutch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-9 Sound level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-3 Soybean loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-5 Specifications Dimension reference points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-8 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-7 Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-1 Sound level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-3 Specifications, 9540 combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-4 Specifications, 9560, 9580, 9640, 9660, 9680 combines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-6 Spreader, chaff. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-3 Sprockets, top shaft, feeder house . . . . . . . . . . 85-10 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-16 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-2, 50-11 Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-9 Steering column, adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11 Steering wheel, adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11 Steering, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-9 Stone trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-4 Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2 Storing lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-8 Straw chopper Blades, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-2 Straw walker gearcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-7 Straw walker gearcase belt adjustment . . . . . 130-10 Straw walker plugging switch adjustment . . . . 130-11 Stubble height control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-16 Stubble light, bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . 145-11 Switch, calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-28 Switch, chopper vane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20 Switch, Electro feeder house reverser . . . . . . . 20-10
Grain Tank Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . grain tank covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header engage switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . high pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . low pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . quick stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . separator engage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T
Tailing sensor display, Operational check. . . . . 25-31 Tailings auger replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-15 Tailings elevator belt adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 130-16 Tailings monitor calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-55 Tailings sensor display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-30 Tail/stop, light Light, tail/stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-8 Tank, grain Loading auger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-5 Temperature control ClimaTrak automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-33 Tilt limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4 Tire Wheel offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-5 Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4 Top shaft stripper adjustment, feeder house. . . 85-10 Torque values Inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-10 Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-9 Total loss, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-34 Trailer hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10 Transmission location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180-3 Transporting combine on a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10 Transporting the combine On a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10 Towing the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8 Transport information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5 Transporting under own power . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6 Triple display tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-41 Turn signal light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 145-14 Turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-9 Turning radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-3
U
Unloading auger covers/grain tank . . . . . . . . . . 100-4 Unloading auger drive adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 140-2 Unloading auger drive belt replacement . . . . . . 140-1
Index-7
101801
PN=7
Index
Page
Page
Unloading auger drive cylinder adjustment . . . .100-6, 140-3 Unloading auger drive switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-28 Unloading auger swing switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-27 Unloading auger switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 Unloading auger transport protection . . . . . . . . 55-13
2000 hours, lubrication . . . . . 110-29, 110-30, 110-31 400 hours, lubrication . . . . . . 110-18, 110-19, 110-20, 110-21, 110-24, 110-25, 110-27 4500 hours or five years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-34 50 hours, lubrication . . 110-8, 110-9, 110-10, 110-11, 110-12 800 hours, lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-28
V
Vane adjustment, chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2 Vertical adjustment of auger support . . .100-7, 140-4 Vibration, cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9 VISIONTRAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-27 VISIONTRAK monitor, general information . . . . 25-35 VISIONTRAK, display control switches. . . . . . . 25-27 VISIONTRAK, operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-36 VISIONTRAK, performance monitor . . . . . . . . . 25-32
W
Warning devices and monitors Coolant temperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-45 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-45 Low shaft speed monitor. . . . . . . . . . .25-49, 25-50 Overhead warning display panel . . . . . . .25-1, 25-5 Warning light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 145-13 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-3 Warning panel light bulb, replace . . . . . . . . . . 145-15 Water separator filter replacement (9540 combine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-7 Water separator, draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-7 Wheel Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-5 Wheels, axles and additional weights Changing tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4 Jacking location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-6 Mounting tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3 Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1 Using liquid weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4 Windows, cab,washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2 Windshield washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-35 Windshield washer, filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12 Windshield wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-35 Windshield wiper, servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2 Wiring, alternator and voltage regulator . . . . . 145-17 10 hours, lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110-5, 110-7 100 hours, lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-13 2 Speed 4-wheel drive motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180-2 200 hours, lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . .110-14, 110-15
Index-8
101801
PN=8
DX,IBC,A 1904JUN901/1
DX,IBC,B 1904JUN901/1
Well-Trained Technicians
School is never out for John Deere service technicians. Training schools are held regularly to be sure our personnel know your equipment and how to maintain it. Result? Experience you can count on!
UN23AUG88
DX,IBC,C 1904JUN901/1
Prompt Service
Our goal is to provide prompt, efficient care when you want it and where you want it. We can make repairs at your place or at ours, depending on the circumstances: see us, depend on us. JOHN DEERE SERVICE SUPERIORITY: Well be around when you need us.
DX,IBC,D 1904JUN901/1
101801
PN=479
TS103
UN23AUG88
TS102
TS101
TS100
UN23AUG88
101801
PN=480